Chapter-A-Day: Volume 1

The writer of these Bible Outlines wishes, first of all, to explain what his intentions for them, are not, and then to express the positive hopes and desires.

He is not aspiring to give a profound, detailed explanation of the meanings of Scripture, but rather to encourage the daily reader of God’s Word to systematically and slowly read it. His desire is that the reader may be helped by these simple thoughts which he has gleaned for himself and also borrowed from those who have lived in the joy of a life fed and nourished by this blessed Book.

The Bible opens heaven to every true believer in Christ “to an inheritance incorruptible and undefiled ... reserved in heaven for you,” NOW (1 Peter 1:4), and in time, takes us there. “Being born again ... by the Word of God, which lives and abides forever” (1 Peter 1:23).

It is God’s thoughts, His work of grace and His revelation.

It is inspired by God (2 Tim. 3:16), but written by about 40 different people over a period of 1600 years.

No other Book in the world is “the truth.” It is right concerning everything (Psa. 119:128).

Read it to be wise ... Believe it to be saved ... Practice it to be holy ... and Obey it to be happy.

It is a MINE of WEALTH ... a RIVER of PLEASURE ... and a PARADISE of GLORY.

There are three sections to this new Series, each one having 365 Chapters (approx.), each marked “Day 1” and so on, but not dated, and covers most Books of the Bible.

We shall begin by taking up 5 steps in a believer’s life ...

1. Salvation.

2. Separation from the world.

3. Our life as God sees us (as a priest before Him).

4. Our life through and before this world.

5. God’s thoughts about us and for us.

These five steps are like Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers and Deuteronomy. With each Old Testament Book we will then read a New Testament Book which gives the believer in Christ the doctrine and practices necessary to enable him (her) to learn the next step. So then, on through the Bible, alternating between Old and New Testaments.

We learn Christian doctrine only from the New Testament, but we see that the Old Testament gives us illustrations, and so beautifully too; and, on occasion, providing us with added details, not found in the New Testament!

First Year - Day 1

We start on a journey through Scripture. We shall take up the steps in a believer’s life ... (1) salvation; (2) separation from the world; (3) our life as a priest before God; (4) our life as a believer through this world and (5) God’s thoughts about and for us. These 5 steps are like Genesis, Exodus, Leviticus, Numbers and Deuteronomy. With each Old Testament book we shall then alternate with a New Testament book which gives us the Christian doctrine (teaching) of each of these 5 steps. And then on through the Bible alternating between Old and New Testaments. We learn Christian doctrine only from the New Testament; but we see that the Old Testament stories are pictures, illustrating so beautifully the truth of the New Testament. “The New is in the Old concealed ... the Old is in the New revealed.” Read First Corinthians 10-11 slowly. Not only did the things happen to those people of the centuries before the Lord Jesus came to earth, but the Old Testament was written as instruction and warning for us believers today. (Read Psa. 102:18.)

We begin with Genesis. This word means “the beginnings.” It tells us of the first creation — the natural world. Then we shall read Romans. When a person received the Lord Jesus as Savior, he is born again, he has a new beginning — into the new creation. Romans gives us the foundation truth of Christianity. The first creation was ruined by sin, the new creation can never be spoiled, for it was formed by the death and resurrection of Christ. The first creation is described by God as “very good” (Gen. 1:31). Sin ruined it. But the new creation which Christ has made by His death and resurrection, has made every believer in it perfect (Heb. 10:14). Sin closed the gate to earth’s paradise, but love opened the door to heaven (Rev. 4:1).

Day 1 - Genesis 1

Notice the first four words of the Bible. God created beautiful heavens and earth. In the story of creation God tells man (and us) all that we need to know, and nothing more.

V.1 It is not hard to understand what God is telling us about how He created everything. In contrast, the theory — it is only a theory an idea — of evolution is dreadfully complicated. By faith (by believing) we understand (Heb. 11:3). This verse describes the original creation, and that there may have been some tremendous judgment which fell on this earth. If so, then there could be thousands or millions of years between the first and the second verses. And this would explain much which men have discovered — coal, oil, minerals, etc. However, it could be that He created and put these things there, just by speaking. But He hasn’t told us.

V.3-31 Six literal days were taken to do this work — see this confirmed in Ex. 20:11 and Heb. 11:3.

V.26 Into this paradise (garden) God brings the first man Adam. God’s thoughts were always centered in man (Prov. 8:22-31). Adam and Eve did not know the difference between good and evil. They were innocent, and could enjoy God when He came down to speak with them.

Day 2 - Genesis 2

V.1-3 God finished His work. Now He had rest. The Sabbath is God’s rest. However, God never says that the first creation was “perfect.” He said it was “good” and “very good” (Gen. 1:31).

Notice that so far only the word “God” is used. He is the Creator-God.

V.4-7 A new title — “Lord God.” This brings Him a little closer to people.

V.8-14 The beautiful garden in Eden (paradise of delights) is planted by the “Lord God.” One river (picture of blessing) ran out of this garden and became four rivers. “Four” is a number in the scriptures which means “universal,” or, like the four corners of the earth. Four rivers to bless the earth. But it wasn’t going to last long.

V.18-25 The first marriage. A beautiful picture of the last marriage to take place — Christ and His bride — every true believer in Him (Rev. 19:7). The man needs a companion, suitable to him — his like. Let us see the deep meaning. About 4,000 years will pass by before we see what God had in His heart. His Son, the Lord Jesus was to become Man. He is God and Man in one. He was to have a bride. We believers in the Lord Jesus are His bride (Eph. 5:23, 32). Adam is put to sleep — Christ went into death. The woman is taken out of the man — the bride of Christ comes into existence out of Christ. God gave the bride to His Son as a reward for what His Son has done for Him, Christ has glorified God on the earth. (John 17:4). There is only one body — the body is the one and only church there is (Eph. 1:22-23). The church is not a building or a particular group of believers. The church is composed of every true believer in the Lord Jesus Christ.

Day 3 - Genesis 3

One of the saddest passages in all the Word of God — the fall of man, his separation from the holy God Who created him and loved him. Then the announcement of what God would graciously provide far off in the future, to meet the fallen and separated sinners need. Wonderful, wonderful truth. Let’s all learn it down deep in our heart!

V.1-7 We meet the serpent for the first time, introduced with no word of explanation. Eve does many things wrong. (1) She shouldn’t have listened to the serpent when he spoke to her. (2) She shouldn’t have spoken to the serpent. (3) She should have kept close to her husband. (4) She began to reason — the fruit was (A) good for food; (B) pleasant to the eyes; (C) able to make her wise. (5) She disobeyed God, for she ate the fruit. (6) She gave it to her husband to eat. Ever since, Satan has succeeded in substituting his deception and lies for God’s truth. He has brought the human race into sin, misery, violence, corruption and death; and for the lost, the lake of fire forever! Yet people blame God for the present condition of the world.

V.7-10 Immediately after they disobeyed God (for disobedience of God is sin) they knew they were naked — they had received a conscience, a bad one, for they hid from God. A bad conscience always makes us afraid of God.

V.11-24 The result of one act of disobedience. Sin always separates from God (Isa. 59:2). Sin is costly! The condition of the world today is the result of one sin.

V.15 This points directly to Christ on the cross, destroying Satan (Heb. 2:14).

V.16-17 What a marvelous contrast to this sorrow is the joy and peace with God which the believer has through the death and resurrection of the Lord Jesus Christ (Rom. 15:13).

V.21 An animal must die before the skins could be provided for a covering for Adam and Eve. Another picture of Christ as the Lamb of God Who died to cleanse us from our sins and give us a perfect standing before God (Heb. 10:14).

V.22 The tree of life had a purpose to be fulfilled in the future. Turn to Revelation 22:2. We believers are going to eat the fruit of that tree, for we shall live forever!

V.23-24 The sword of judgment (punishment) kept them out of the garden. But the sword of judgment fell on the Lord Jesus (Zech. 13:7) and through the death of the Good Shepherd (John 10:11) and the door into heaven, into the paradise of God, is opened.

Day 4 - Genesis 4

Sin, spreading throughout the family of Adam has affected every one born since — except the Lord Jesus. In chapter 3 it was sin against God, here it is murder of another human being. There are many firsts in this chapter (1) the first children; (2) the first offering; (3) the first murder; (4) the first civilization; and (5) the first person who is in the spiritual line to Christ — Seth. The first time we read of worship, we find that it was that which led to the first murder. This shows us that no unsaved person today can worship God. Think of all the blood which has been shed in this world as a result of the first sin.

V.1-17 Cain’s offering was fruit from the ground which God had cursed 3:17. It was bloodless. Abel’s offering pleased God. It is a picture of Christ’s death for us on the cross (Heb. 11:4). Cain’s and Abel’s altars (in type) are still around us today. Do you see the difference?

Day 5 - Genesis 5

V.1 Compare this verse with Matthew 1:1. Genesis 5 is a record of the fallen descendants of the first Adam; whereas Matthew brings to us the book of the generations of Jesus Christ. Adam and Christ are the two heads. We are born into the first; but we must be born again (John 3:7) into the second. Through Adam we die, through Christ we are made alive (Rom. 5:21). Which family are you in? Eight times in this chapter, we read “and he died.” But one man here never died. What does it say about him? One of these days, the Lord Jesus is going to come in the air, and will call every believer out of this world. Every unbeliever will be left behind. Enoch is a picture of all those believers who will be caught up to meet the Lord in the air without having died (1 Thess. 4:16-18).

Day 6 - Genesis 6

V.1-6 Sin, by that time, had spread to many parts of the earth! And had so completely corrupted everyone that God describes it as He sees it in verse 5. Every tear of sorrow, separation, disappointment, sickness, death, is the result of sin.

V.7 Sin can only bring punishment. There can be no other result. It must be paid for with blood (Heb. 9:22). “Remission” means payment.

V.8-22 But God has one man ready. Noah is a picture of Christ. He was a “just” man (fair and honest) and perfect (upright), and he walked with God. Wasn’t that a contrast with all the people around him! Noah stood alone. Among the faithless, he alone was faithful. It is hard to stand alone. Remember Noah. God sees you, and He will use you if you are faithful to His Word.

V.13 Punishment from God. People say “Smile, God loves you,” but they forget this verse. Repentance toward God and faith in our Lord Jesus Christ is necessary. Then the smile comes.

V.14 Grace brings deliverance. God always delights to act in grace (Rom. 5:20). But it must be paid for by the shedding of blood.

V.14-22 When sin reaches its climax, then judgment falls. But God makes a way of escape. In the ark alone was escape from the waters of death.

Today, in Christ alone is salvation. Every example of deliverance from the punishment of sin in the Old Testament is a picture (a type) of the cross of Christ. Water sometimes is a picture of judgment (Psa. 69:2, 14-15; Psa. 42:7). Noah in the ark, passing through the water, is such a picture (See also Matt. 12:40; Matt. 24:37-39). These show that the Old Testament happenings are pictures of salvation through Christ. Today the world is ripe (ready) for judgment. This time it will be forever!

Day 7 - Genesis 7

God had told Noah what to do, and he did it (Gen. 6:22; 7:5,9). The ark provided a perfect shelter from the storm of God’s anger. Obeying God always brings deliverance, blessing and happiness, all the way through a believer’s life.

V.1 “Come in” (Gen. 8:16, “go forth”). We have to come in (Matt. 11:28) before we can go out (Mark 16:15). We must also separate from the world (Heb. 13:13; James 4:4). Separation is not isolation. Mixing with the world (to socialize) spoils our testimony. But telling others about Christ keeps us healthy Christians.

V.2-5,8 The animals were in two classes — clean and unclean.

V.10 After closing the door, God waits once more, just in case there might be a turning to Him. Jesus was seen standing, waiting in case Israel would turn to Him, even after He had gone back to heaven (Acts 7:56). We believers are now in that period of time. The door is still open. God is waiting for the last ones to be saved before He acts. The coming of the Lord Jesus for us (believers) will be the end of the day of grace. The door will then be shut.

V.11-24 Noah was in the ark altogether one year and 10 days (Gen. 7:11; 8:14).

V.23 Judgment fell on every living person, animal and bird outside the ark. And so today, not one person who has ever heard the gospel of the grace of God will ever have a second chance after the Lord Jesus comes.

Day 8 - Genesis 8

V.1-14 God does not forget His family in the ark, and carefully tells us many interesting details. God makes a fresh start with the human race.

V.15-22 Once more, it is a beautiful start. Noah builds an altar to God and offers burnt offerings. Notice it is of the clean animals — another picture of Christ Who is God’s Lamb (See Rev. 5:6).

V.21 Thousands of years were to pass by before Jesus would come to earth to die, yet Noah’s sacrifice was a sweet smell to God of His Son’s death.

V.22 God’s promise. It has never failed. It never will — 1 Kings 8:56 is lovely.

Day 9 - Genesis 9

V.1-17 God makes a new agreement (called a covenant) with men. It starts in Genesis 8:20, and runs to end of verse 17 in this chapter.

V.4 A very important subject. For the first time God gives permission to people to eat the flesh of animals. Note this statement — the life of the flesh is in the blood (See Lev. 17:10-14). They were NOT to eat the blood. The body is made up of flesh and blood — the natural life. But we need a new life, a spiritual life. When Jesus died, His blood was poured out shed. When He rose from the dead He was different. He was without blood (Luke 24:39; 1 Cor. 15:43-50; 2 Cor. 5:17). If you read Romans 6:2-12 carefully you will learn our (believers’) part in all this. We believers are now in a new spiritual life. It is His life; it is eternal life.

V.11-12 Every time you see the rainbow, you can remember that God put it there as His token (reminder), that there never again will be a flood to destroy the earth. But you can also be reminded that the next judgment is worse. God is going to burn up the earth (2 Peter 3:10, 12, 6-7).

V.19-29 The people did not improve. Noah now falls into sin. The human race starts down the road to worldwide corruption once again.

Day 10 - Genesis 10

The history of Noah’s three sons. Really the whole world today is divided from these three sons. Japheth — the European people are his descendants. Also some of the people of North Africa came from this man. Ham — from him came those now living in Africa, and some of the people known as Arabs. Shem — many of the nations living on the continent of Asia came from him. The Israelites are in this group. You sometimes hear people who are against the Jews being called “anti-Semites.” The word “Semite” comes from “Shemite” — descendants of Shem.

V.8-10 Notice Nimrod. His name means “we will rebel.” His kingdom was Babel (Babylon). Nimrod was a hunter. Satan’s two methods are what a hunter uses — deception and violence. He is a picture of the antichrist who will lead the rebellion against the Lord after the believers have been caught away to heaven. In Revelation 17 you can read of “mystery, Babylon”, representing man’s last attempt to organize a world government.

Day 11 - Genesis 11

V.1-9 Connect these verses with the paragraph above. The word “Babylon” in Scripture is also a picture of idolatrous corruption. Israel was carried away captive into Babylon because they disobeyed the Lord and became idolaters. The believer who dabbles with the world will lose his power and will become captive to Satan. In the day of tribulation (see your chart) idolatrous corruption will rise to its highest point just before the Lord comes in power, (“E” on your chart) and destroys it all. The tower of Babel brought about the scattering of the people. A way to remember what Babylon is a picture of, is this — “Egypt” is the world from which the “church” was called out, and “Babylon” is a picture of the world into which the “professing church” has gone.

V.10-26 Notice how the age of people dropped. Methuselah lived 969 (Gen. 5:27), then Arphaxad, verses 12-13, after the flood (son of Shem), lived 438 years. Eber, verses 16-17, lived 464 years — the longest after the flood.

V.20 After the scattering from Babel, Reu lived 239 years. Life again was shortened in Abraham’s day, for he lived 175 years (Gen. 25:7). In Psalm 90:10 God set it at 70 years, and it hasn’t changed much since then. But the Lord Jesus was cut off in the midst of His days (Psa. 102:24) at about 33 years of age.

V.27-32 Abram — later his name was changed to Abraham (Gen. 17:5) — is introduced to us.

Day 12 - Genesis 12

V.1-5 Abraham’s call by God was a very definite call to separate himself from everything which any man could count dear — his country his people and his family. Abraham can be a picture of the believer whose citizenship is in heaven — Phil. 3:20, the word “conversation” can also be translated “citizenship” — though living down on this earth. Abraham was called upon to walk by faith, and live as a stranger and pilgrim on earth. The promises made to him were great (v. 2).

V.7 Two things to notice. The Lord appeared to him when he had arrived at the land of Canaan. You too will know it when you are in the right place to worship the Lord. Secondly, he built an altar there, where he worshipped God. There was a response in his heart.

V.10-20 Always remember that the people in the Bible who are types (pictures) of the Lord or other great things, were just human beings who sometimes failed. Here we read of Abram’s second failure. The first was that he stopped at Haran (Gen. 11:31), instead of going all the way to the land of Canaan. This time he goes farther, and we find him now on his way down to Egypt (v. 19), instructing his wife to tell a lie. Sometimes we believers hold back, and sometimes we go too far! Egypt is a picture of the world with all its attractions and culture. As believers, we are constantly being tempted to go back into the world. Abram wasted time there, and suffered, in some things, the rest of his life for his failure. God was merciful to him and allowed him to become rich. May it be a warning to us.

Day 13 - Genesis 13

V.1-4 In Genesis12:10 Abram had gone “down” into Egypt. Here he went “up” to his altar. The complete restoration of Abram (Psa. 23:3). God restores us, otherwise we would just drift along. There was no altar (no worship of God) while he was in Egypt!

V.5-13 Increased wealth which he had received in Egypt causes more trouble. This time with his nephew Lot. We see a nice contrast however, between Abram, the man who walked by faith, and Lot who walked by sight. Abram was as generous as Lot was greedy. Lot was guided by his eyes, and what a disaster this brought on him, for he went to live in Sodom. Lot’s steps down are gradual, but steady. Verse 10, “lifted up his eyes and beheld”. Verse 11, chose him all the plain of Jordan. Verse 12, he dwelled in the cities of the plain, and pitched his tent toward Sodom. He dwelt in Sodom (Gen. 14:12). He sat in the gate (place of authority) of Sodom (Gen. 19:1). We shall read later of the result of this downward course.

V.14-18 How different were the results for Abram! What a glorious and lasting inheritance was his! Putting God first, he was blessed richly by God. May we put God first, and enjoy our blessings! We had noticed in verse 10 that Lot used his eyes to make his selection. But in verse 14, God was going to reward Abram for waiting on Him, and He tells Abram to use his eyes to see what God was going to give him (Read Isa. 64:4).

Day 14 - Genesis 14

The first recorded war in the Bible. Abram could have said to himself “well it serves Lot right. Let him take care of himself.” But no.

V.14 Though Lot was Abram’s nephew, he is called “his brother”. How humbled Lot must have been when he thought of the love of his uncle. Lot still had Sodom in his heart, for when he was rescued, he went right back and lived there! What a pull the world has for us, if we get our eyes off the Lord!

V.18-24 Melchizedek (pronounced Mel-kiz-e-deck) is a beautiful type of Christ as Priest and King. (Read Heb. 6:20; 7:23-24). Christ in the millennium (see chart) will be both Priest and King.

Day 15 - Genesis 15

V.1 “After these things.” After Abram had won a victory over those kings, he might have feared a return attack. So God comforted him with this wonderful promise, “I am thy shield.” Also Abram was satisfied not to take any reward from the king (Gen. 14:23), and now God says to him “I am thy exceeding great reward.” Protector and reward. Notice Which his reward was!

V.2-16 Abram wanted a son and heir. Was he going too far in speaking to God in this way? Verse 6 shows us how close he was to the Lord. God loves to hear us ask Him for things which are for His glory and our good.

Day 16 - Genesis 16

Abraham fails once more. Israel today, with all its troubles, bloodshed, and wars with the Arabs, is the result of Abraham’s use of Hagar. The Moslems today consider that the Arabs are descendants of Ishmael (Gen. 37:27). Hagar had been brought from Egypt! Friendship with the world will bring us into much sorrow.

V.4-6 Into his family came misery, pride, jealousy, quarreling and injustice.

V.7-16 Yet how merciful God was to this poor woman!

V.14 She comes to the well “Beerlahoiroi,” which means, “the well of the living One who sees me.” When we sin, there is only One to Whom to go and confess — God (1 John 1:9). But we may have to carry the results of our foolishness to the day of our departure from this world.

Day 17 - Genesis 17

V.1-4 This is the sixth time that God has appeared or given a promise to Abraham. There has been a blank in the story of Abraham of many years. Now he is 99. When we get away from the Lord, we waste our years too. This further promise and revelation bring in the subject of circumcision. This is a picture of death to the flesh, separation and purity; complete giving up, surrender to God. To enjoy our Christian blessings, we must learn the meaning of surrender to the Lord.

V.21 The covenant (agreement) of blessing was going to be through Isaac, not Ishmael. Abraham was impatient. He could not wait for God to give him a son by Sarah his wife. So he had taken the matter into his own hands, and sorrow was the result. But God is now going to act in grace.

Day 18 - Genesis 18

Here we see Abraham at his best — kind, hospitable, thoughtful, generous, understanding that it was the Lord to whom he was speaking.

V.2 He ran toward the men in confidence, but quickly bowed before the Lord in reverence.

V.9-15 Sarah gets her first direct news of the son (Isaac) whom she was to bear at almost 100 years of age!

V.16-33 God would not hide from Abraham what He was going to do to Sodom. God delights to show us what He intends doing. The trouble lies with us. So often we are careless in our life, and therefore get out of communion with Him. And then we lose the confidence in the Lord we once had. And finally we lose our discernment.

V.20-33 Abraham speaks to God and pleads for the city of Sodom. He knew his unfaithful nephew Lot lived there. What love Abraham had! What confidence in the Lord! When we walk with the Lord we can speak to Him in complete confidence.

Day 19 - Genesis 19

What a dark, disastrous chapter this is! It was degrading for Lot to be living in such a sinful place. Yet the Lord mercifully delivered him, although he loses his wife and some of his family. And then destruction comes to the wicked city. Notice where the judgment comes from.

V.14 Lot can be a picture of a believer who compromises with evil and has a poor reputation. In chapter 14 we read that when Lot had been taken prisoner from Sodom, Abraham had rescued him, but he had returned to live in Sodom! Now Lot is telling his sons-in-law to get out of the city. What a warning this is to us. They thought he was mocking them because he had come to Sodom twice himself. What is our reputation among our relatives and friends? Do we realize that judgment is just about to fall on this world? Is our life a warning to them? Will they listen to us?

V.16 The angels had to take Lot’s hand, the hand of his wife and the hands of the two daughters and pull them out of the doomed city.

V.26 The heart of Lot’s wife was still in the city. In spite of the fact that They had been told not to look back (v. 17) she disobeys, and dies.

V.27 The Lord rained brimstone and it came directly from Him. When the Lord acts in judgment, it is going to be a dreadful day for this world (Read Rev. 19:11-15). Before we close this chapter, we need to get the message of it. The sin of this city, homosexuality, is being treated as a choice that people can make — a life style. But from God’s Word it is sin, which brought death to a whole city.

V.30-38 Drunkenness and degrading acts go together; yet people laugh when they see a person under the influence of liquor. What a shameful story. But God hides nothing. Abraham is ever remembered. Lot passes out of the picture.

Day 20 - Genesis 20

V.1-5 Abraham repeats an old sin. It certainly was low of Abraham to try to protect himself at the danger of losing his wife.

V.6-16 God graciously came in and saved the situation. How often the Lord saves us from ourselves! But let’s not tempt the Lord! (See Rom. 6:1)

V.14-15 How much better Abimelech acted! Often unsaved people know better than believers how a Christian should act.

V.17 Abraham, restored in his soul to God, immediately prays, and God hears his prayer! What grace! Do we experience it? We will do so only if we put into practice in our life what we already know about the Lord and His Word.

Day 21 - Genesis 21

V.14 God had promised a son to Abraham about 15 years before Isaac was born when Abraham and Sarah were about 100 years old! Isaac was heir of all which Abraham had and had been promised by God. Galatians 4:1-9 tells us that we who have received the Lord Jesus as our Savior are heirs. Notice that we are “an heir of God.”

V.19-21 Abraham could not wait for God to give him and Sarah a son, so he had married Sarah’s Egyptian servant whose name was Hagar. Now this son could not share with Isaac all the privileges of being the heir of Abraham. Sarah acts unkindly and drives away the servant Hagar and her boy Ishmael. God was allowing this (v. 12), because He had a lesson to teach us. Before we try to learn what all this story means, it is wonderful to see that God took care of the woman and her son (verses 15-21). God is merciful. Now the meaning of the story (Read Gal. 4:22-31). The question is “is the believer under law?” The child of the bondwoman (Hagar) is a picture of the people who are under the law. The Galatians 4:24 has the word “allegory,” this means a story, a parable, a type. That which actually happened, and then what it is a picture of. So Hagar and Ishmael are a picture of the law. Sarah and Isaac are a picture of grace (or promise). We believers are not saved by keeping the law, but by grace (Eph. 2:8; Gal. 5:4; Rom. 5:14).

V.22-34 Abimelech, a Gentile, sees that God is with Abraham, and looks up to him and wants to make an agreement with him. He looks to Abraham for protection. You may find this part hard to understand. It is a look into the future a picture of the millennium (Rev. 22:2, last part).

Day 22 - Genesis 22

V.1-14 Abraham had received many promises from God and there had been much to encourage him. Now comes the great test of his life. Is he willing to believe God? When you have read these 14 verses, turn to Hebrews 11:17-19. Take a minute to read verses 8-12 also. God was pleased. Believing God is the greatest honor we can give Him. In the Genesis telling of the story, we read what Abraham did, in Hebrews 11 we read why he did it.

V.2 The first mention of love in the Bible. Here it is the father’s love for his son — a beautiful picture of God’s love for His Son. Almost the same two words are repeated in verses 2, 3, 6, 7, 8 and 13. Notice a phrase that is repeated in verses 6 and 8. Do you see in this story how much it is like God the Father going with His Son to the cross? The Lord Jesus gave Himself as a perfect sacrifice to God (Heb. 9:26; 10:12). This story is a feeble picture of the perfect sacrifice on Calvary’s cross. Our blessed Savior went the whole way. No substitute was found for Him. The question asked in verse 7 is not really answered until John 1:29, 36.

V.15-19 The grand and glorious blessings promised to Abraham because of his obedience. An amazing thing here. No mention of Isaac is given from the 12Th verse on. He disappears. Being a type of Christ on the cross, we know that the world never saw the Lord Jesus after He was taken off the cross. No unbeliever saw Him after His resurrection. The next time we will see Him is when He comes for us, His bride. Now read verses 20 to 23. The first woman being born and named in the Bible. Who is she who is hidden in these verses? The bride to be of Isaac! We don’t read about her for about 20 years — when she goes to meet Isaac!

Day 23 - Genesis 23

V.2 The first time that weeping is mentioned in scripture. Jesus wept at the death of a person. Death and weeping are companions (Rev. 21:4).

V.3-20 This long detail surely tells us of the high regard in which Abraham was held by his neighbors. What a nice thing it is to have our neighbors think well of us! NOT that we are to try to be popular with them — for a faithful believer in the Lord Jesus will never be popular with the world (John 15:18-19; 1 John 3:13). You will see how close were Abraham and Sarah (Heb. 11:11-13; 1 Pet. 3:5-6. Turn to Hebrews 11:3-14 to see that inside Abraham’s heart. He had something beyond the tears and the grave. Death for a believer is a combination of tears and hope (See 1 Thess. 4:13-18).

Day 24 - Genesis 24

We don’t read much of the character of Isaac. Abraham was active and aggressive. Isaac seems quiet and retiring. There is a glimpse of his character in verses 62-63. In this servant looking for a bride for his master’s son, we have a beautiful picture of the Holy Spirit’s work in the world today. He is searching out the bride for Christ, the heavenly Isaac. The family asks the girl Rebekah if she is willing to go with the man (v. 58). Notice her clear answer. Are you willing to follow the Holy Spirit? He can only guide you to one center on earth while you travel to your “Isaac.” That Center is Christ. The Spirit of God cannot separate believers, this is the work of Satan. Are you willing to be led by the Spirit of God, or do we feel we have a right to make choices? To be gathered alone to the name of the Lord Jesus Christ is the work of the Spirit of God today. To follow unhesitatingly is to be brought into a place of peace and joy only known when we act and do this.

V.62-67 When we were reading at the end of chapter 22, we mentioned about Rebekah being born. Here now we see her just about to meet her future husband. Connect the two sections. We are the bride. We’re just about to meet our beloved Lord Jesus! Here we read of “love” the second time. Love of Christ for His bride. Do your remember the previous mention? The man who is accompanying Rebekah is a picture of the Holy Spirit. Take a minute to read how the Bible closes (Rev. 22:17). Do you get the connection?

Day 25 - Genesis 25

V.1-11 Try to get these four chapters connected in their meanings. Chapter 22 — the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ. Chapter 23 — the death of Sarah — a picture of Israel set aside. When the Jews crucified the Lord and rejected the gospel they were set aside. Chapter 24 — the present day when the Spirit of God is leading the bride (all believers) to Christ. Chapter 25 — Abraham marries again. After the church (the believers) are taken up to glory (heaven), then God is going to take up Israel once more — the millennium will have many other nations blessed with Israel. Keturah has a son, Midian.

V.12-18 Firstly, the generations of Ishmael (Abraham’s son).

V.19-28 Secondly, the family of Isaac. First that which is natural (Ishmael), then that which is spiritual (Isaac) (1 Cor. 15:46).

V.29-34 Read Heb. 12:14-17. In the Old Testament days, the firstborn always was to receive the special blessings and inheritance from the father. Here we see Esau despising the blessing. He had no idea what he was losing. He placed no value on God. There are many today who are living only for the present. The blessings which could be theirs, they care nothing for.

Day 26 - Genesis 26

Isaac lived the longest of these four generations (Abraham to the sons of Jacob). See his age in Genesis 35:28. We don’t read of any outstanding acts in his life. He was the ordinary son of a famous father, Abraham, and the ordinary father of a famous son, Jacob.

V.1-6 God often had to tell Abraham and Isaac to stay in the land which God had sent them. But they had a pull toward Egypt (Gen. 12:10; 26:1-2). Remember that Egypt in scripture is a picture of this world in which we live. It attracts us if we let it.

V.7-16 Like his father, Isaac tells a lie about his life, and almost brings a great sin (v. 10) upon them all. Abimelech is an upright man, and has the courage to speak sharply to Isaac about the wrong he had done.

V.17-25 Isaac reopens the wells which had been filled in. He calls them by their old names. In our days many things are getting new names. It is always good for the believer to go back to the beginning to the apostles’ days, apostles’ doctrine and the apostles’ fellowship (Acts 2:42).

V.23-24 So soon as Isaac returns to Beersheba, notice what happened “the same night.” It is only when we get back into the proper path, do we enjoy communion with God.

V.25 Let’s not think that we can live as we choose and still be guided by God. Read these verses carefully. Only on restoration do we see the Lord drawing close to Isaac. Four lovely symbols here: (1) the altar; (2) prayer; (3) the tent; (4) the well. The first is a picture of worship or communion with God (John 4:23). The second is an expression of dependence on God (Psa. 62:1-2). The third is a picture of testimony or a witness to those around that we are just passing through (John 17:16). And the fourth, a source of refreshment; like the Holy Spirit in us (John 7:38-39). Down in Gerar, Isaac had neither joy, peace nor influence.

Day 27 - Genesis 27

While we remember that Esau was rejected because he first rejected the blessing, we must not think that Jacob was selected because there was any worthiness in him. For he had none. Doesn’t it make us realize how much Jacob owed God! It was grace alone. What a group of failing people in this chapter. Isaac may have been pretending he was dying for he lived another 40 years. His appetite led him into trouble. Surely not the thoughts that would fill the mind of a godly man (v. 4). Rebekah’s actions cannot be excused. One trouble leads to another.

Jacob practices deception. (Read 1 Cor. 10:11-12). What a chapter of self-will, fleshly desires, deception and lying. “But where sin abounded, grace did much more abound” (Rom. 5:20).

Day 28 - Genesis 28

V.1-5 God had a plan for Jacob’s life. If you belong to the Lord Jesus Christ, God has a plan for your life. But our responsibility is to be willing to submit. Only through obedience to God’s Word can there be joy and peace in walking that life. God will be honored, and you will be blessed. These always go together.

V.10-15 God began to teach Jacob some lessons. This journey is Jacob’s schooling. He has many things to learn. The sun is setting on his old life (v. 11). Often this is painful to our natural life (old nature) but necessary.

V.15 Precious promises to a failing man. Read of the promises to believers in 2 Peter 1:3-4 and Ephesians 1:3.

V.16-17 Jacob is brought face to face with God. He calls the place the very gate of heaven.

V.19 Bethel means “the house of God.” Jacob said “surely the Lord is in this place.”

V.16 Read Genesis 31:13. When we have the assurance in our heart of the Lord’s presence collectively with us, then we will say the same thing as Jacob.

Day 29 - Genesis 29

God is a faithful Teacher. He teaches Jacob, He lets him reap the shame and sorrow of a self-willed way. Jacob had deceived his father years before, and now he is deceived. Even in the smallest details told in this chapter, we see the hand of God. There are no large and small things with God. All are alike. He interests Himself in every part of our life. Two bargain makers — who can outsmart the other? These are not God’s ways, but man’s.

V.31-35 Without knowing it, these wives gave names which had very great meaning. When we get to the 49th chapter, we will learn that the whole history of Israel is outlined in their names. What a wonderful Lord we have (Rom. 11:36). Jacob stayed here about 20 years, and learned many lessons in the school of God. The believer today is in God’s school for his entire life. Are we willing to learn? We will be blessed if we are (Read John 7:17).

Day 30 - Genesis 30

Sad happenings. Jacob’s having two wives brought much strife into the home. The friction and jealousy of the wives was passed on to the children. We shall see this in the days ahead, as we read on in the book.

V.25-26 When Joseph is born, Jacob had a desire to go back to “mine own place and my own country.” It is nice to see that he calls that land his. For though God had only promised it to him, he believed God, and considered it already his.

V.27 His cousin Laban is not happy with the idea. Unsaved relatives and friends don’t like us to separate.

V.28-43 Schemer against schemer. We may not be surprised at the trickery of Laban, for he was an idolater. But from Jacob we could expect better things than these. Jacob was the man who had met God, at Bethel, seen angels, and had made a serious agreement with God. But here we see Jacob back to worldly tricks and deception. When a believer goes back into worldly ways, it is very, very sad. Yet how patient and long-suffering God is! God patiently waits until His wayward “child” comes to the end of himself. God, in His lowly grace, often calls Himself “The God of Jacob.” This is the God we need to get to know more and more.

Day 31 - Genesis 31, Verses 1-24

On his way to his homeland at last! After about 20 years of great events. Look back to Genesis 28:15 to see the wonderful promise God had given him. Look at Hebrews 13:5 for the promise He has made to you (if you are a believer).

V.3 All along the way, His promises never fail. You may remember a point in the life of Isaac (Jacob’s father) that only when he got back in the land of promise do we read of an altar and prayer (Gen. 26:23-24). In all the 20 years of Jacob’s absence from the promised land, we never once read of Jacob building an altar to God, or even praying to Him! There was nothing to make him stand out from all the people around him. Are we like this? Although Jacob seems to have forsaken God. God has not forsaken him. Have you been on a road of self-will? Away from God? Listen, He is speaking to you “return ... I will be with thee” (v. 3). He restores our soul (Psa. 23:3).

Day 32 - Genesis 31, Verses 25-55

V.25-27 Jacob didn’t need to have acted so abruptly and left without his uncle’s knowledge. He didn’t rely on God, or trust his fellow-man.

V.26-42 A poor way to act. Rachel had stolen some of her father’s gods! They have to pretend a lie to keep their father from finding them. Lies are needed to cover evil deeds, usually.

V.43-55 Neither man trusted the other. The agreement they make, and the pillar they build is an evidence that they were afraid of being harmed by the other.

V.52 Their concern. Not much brotherly love. What part hath he that believeth with an unbeliever (2 Cor. 6:14-18). When we slip back into worldly habits, it is important to confess and forsake them (Prov. 28:13).

Day 33 - Genesis 32

V.1-2 Another proof of God’s care for Jacob. God sends a group of angels to him. It might be a help if you turned to a few scriptures about angels (Psa. 34:7; Dan. 6:22; Heb. 1:4; 1 Pet. 1:12). From these we see that angels are not only God’s servants (Heb. 1:7) but are for us too. They are around us today (Heb. 13:2). The word “Mahanaim” means two camps or two hosts. One camp was made up of his wives, children and self. The other a bodyguard of angels! Are we less protected? No. But this camp is only seen by us through the eye of faith.

V.3-7 Instead of trusting God’s promise, and God’s angels, Jacob makes his own plans. He sends servants to tell his brother Esau how rich he is. But Jacob is more frightened when he hears Esau is coming with an army of 400 men!

V.8 Jacob divides his family into two camps.

V.9-12 Almost as an after thought he prays to God!

V.13-23 Still he schemes!

V.24-32 A man meets him and wrestles with him. Jacob persists in wrestling and clinging to the angel (the Lord really) until a blessing is given. His thigh is touched and for the rest of his life he walked with a limp (v. 31). When we have really come to the end of ourselves and the Lord touches us in some way which makes us feel our weakness, then we never “walk” the same way again either. Jacob’s name is changed, and also his character. Has the Lord changed us? Or are we still the same self-willed, self-opinionated person that we used to be?

Day 34 - Genesis 33

Jacob, after all this, reverts to his old habits and tricks. God changes Esau from a wild, revengeful man into a kindly one. Sometimes we greatly fear a situation and we are not doing what Philippians 4:6 tells us.

V.17-20 You will notice the four things Jacob builds when he gets back to his land. First, a house (not an altar as in Gen. 26:25). Secondly, booths (stables) for his cattle. As he moves on into the land, he has other thoughts. Thirdly, he bought a field. And lastly, he builds an altar — God last! See Genesis 26:25 comments on the meaning of these things.

Day 35 - Genesis 34

Before you read this chapter, turn to Galatians 6:7-8. What God’s Word says there is carried out in today’s chapter. After the promise he received in Genesis 28:22, Jacob should have gone directly to Bethel — he gets there finally, but only after God has to tell him (Gen. 35:1). But what he saw of the country around attracted his eyes and so he didn’t follow his heart. His staying on in the wrong place caused this dismal chapter to have to be told! What a lesson for parents there is here. Are we careful about our children? Do we choose places just because there are advantages for us? Living near this city was a risky thing, but Jacob never seems to have given it a thought!

V.30-31 Jacob speaks sharply to his sons when the damage is done. Notice too how they talk back to their father. And even the reasons Jacob gave to his sons as to why they shouldn’t have done it, were all centered around his reputation and his possessions!

Day 36 - Genesis 35

Sometimes the difference between a half-hearted and a whole-hearted believer’s life is just as great as the contrast between an unbeliever’s and a believer’s life. Let’s not forget this. Because many believers think that how we live doesn’t matter, so long as we are saved.

V.1 God graciously speaks once more. Jacob must have been humiliated to have to be reminded by God of the day when he ran away from his brother Esau.

V.2 What God was doing to Jacob was beginning to get through to him. His conscience is starting to work. “Put away” he says. We never grow in our souls until we too “put away” the things which we may have been going on with which are not pleasing to the Lord. When we are careless, we don’t even know that they are there!

V.3. Good words “Let us go up to Bethel.” Remember it means the “house of God.”

V.5-15 Immediately there is a difference in the influence Jacob has amongst the neighbors. Once again he has to be reminded of his changed name.

V.16-29 Now Jacob is able to move on, and face a dreadful happening-the death of his beloved wife, Rachel.

V.27-29 Another death. Jacob is learning that death to self is the door to God’s blessings.

Day 37 - Genesis 36

We see how nicely Esau acted, and we might think that such a character must be all right. Compared with the unpleasantness of Jacob, Esau really shines to our natural eyes. But what about his heart? We see Esau making a name for himself and for his family. He was earthbound, he had no heart for a Bethel (“house of God”) and its altar. Read what God calls Esau in Hebrews 12:16. The word “profane” is used to describe an area outside the tabernacle which was not set apart for any sacred purpose. For Esau, there was no sacred place. Everything was connected to the flesh and nothing to God. A person might have a fine education, live a very respectable life, be considered a good Christian in his community, be a great success in business, and yet not have a thought about Christ.

Day 38 - Genesis 37

The story of Joseph is one of the greatest and sweetest stories ever told. We have counted 75 ways in which this story illustrates some part of the life of the Lord Jesus Christ. As a broad outline, we might say that the story can be a beautiful picture of Christ as a Man on earth. He is rejected by His own people (the Jews) and disappears at the cross and goes to heaven. Through His death and resurrection, He brings life to many. Instead of giving details of what the story can mean, we will merely give a scripture which tells a similar thing about the Lord. If you are interested, you can look them up. See if you can add anymore, there are plenty.

V.1-4 The happy boy is loved of his father (John 3:35; Matt. 3:17). He has a coat of many colors (Heb. 2:7).

V.5-11 His dreams, early in his life, tell of a day of coming glory (Isa. 53:10-12; Rev. 4:9).

V.12-17 Joseph walked about 70 miles to find his brothers. He didn’t stop until he had fulfilled his father’s orders (John 6:38).

V.18-22 Immediately they plan to kill him (Matt. 12:14; John 5:18).

V.23-36 The deed committed, Joseph is gone. So far as the brothers are concerned, forever (John 15:24). His coat is dipped in the blood of a slain animal and brought to their father. This world thinks that when Jesus died on the cross, that was the end of Him (Matt. 27:62-66; John 15:25).

Day 39 - Genesis 38

Many people wonder why God would put such a chapter into the beautiful story of Joseph. Well it is profitable to see that in the list of the ancestors of our blessed Lord, in Matthew 1:1-3, this very incident is referred to! Our Lord was born into the tribe of Judah. This only magnified the grace of God. It shows us that the whole human race is bad. There is no good in any of us. The Lord Jesus was the only perfect Man who ever lived (Heb. 7:14). But read of the transforming power (for us) of the death and resurrection of Christ (Heb. 10:14).

Day 40 - Genesis 39

V.1-6 Joseph submissively adjusts to the life of a slave. We do not read of one complaint (Luke 2:49-52).

V.2 What an interruption and a secret to understand. The Lord was with him in his prosperity. We will see another remarkable statement later in this chapter.

V.7-20 Tempted, not just one day, but many (Heb. 4:15). Good circumstances are the cause of Satan’s subtle attacks on us sometimes.

V.9 All sin is against God. He didn’t say “we” but “I”. He was in a very much more responsible position than she was. She did not know the Lord.

V.21-23 What a sweet follow-up to the beginning of verse 2. Here in adversity, in prison now, there is this blessed assurance, “but the Lord was with Joseph” — in prosperity, and in prison.

V.23 The Lord was behind all the events. We too can rest on the promise in Philippians 1:6.

Day 41 - Genesis 40

The most awful circumstances did not cause Joseph to compromise. These dark days were just before the dawn. So let us not give up now either, the Lord Jesus is coming soon. Joseph did not know that these events were going to be the very means of getting him into the great king Pharaoh’s presence. The two destinies of the butler and the baker are similar to the two thieves who hung on either side of the Savior. One perished, and the other went to paradise with Christ. Notice how easy it was for Joseph to tell the meaning of the dreams. Why? Because God was so real to His suffering servant (John 15:15).

V.14 What a simple request. How easy to carry out. The Lord Jesus made a request to us Luke 22:19.

V.23 Was it possible? How often are our thoughts taken up with Christ and all that He suffered on the cross for us during the course of the week? Two years Joseph waited!

Day 42 - Genesis 41:1-32

V.1 “At the end of two full years.” God kept track exactly of the time His poor servant was forgotten. But not forgotten by God.

V.1-7 God had put the dreams into Pharaoh’s head. God always has a plan.

V.8 The king turns to the wise men, like Matthew 2:12. But they did not have the answers, because they did not know the God of Joseph (1 Cor. 1:19-31).

V.9-13 The belated remembrance.

V.14 Hastily, he is brought out of the dungeon. This is like the bottom of a V for Joseph; and so like the death and resurrection of Christ. Joseph changed his clothes. Christ, in resurrection, received a glorified body (1 Cor. 15:20-23).

Day 43 - Genesis 41:33-57

V.33 The man to be chosen had to be discreet and wise (Heb. 7:26).

V.38-39 Pharaoh connects Joseph’s life with God. “If God be for us who can be against us? (Rom. 8:31).

V.41 Exalted over all the land of Egypt! (Phil. 2:9).

V.45 Joseph received a new name (Phil. 2:9) and a Gentile bride (Eph. 5:25-27; Acts 15:14).

V.47 Years of plenty. The world is going through its years of plenty. The famine is ahead. But Joseph laid up for the future.

V.53-57 Famine comes. Pharaoh said “Go to Joseph” (John 14:6). The humbled Joseph becomes the exalted Joseph! From the pit to the palace! The humbled Jesus has become the Center of glory (Phil. 2:5-11).

Day 44 - Genesis 42

Over 18 years have gone by since Joseph was sold. But God has a great purpose in mind. How little the brothers realized that the one of whom they were so jealous, and had sold into slavery, would be the one they would have to plead with for bread! How little this world realizes that every knee is going to bow to Jesus (Phil. 2:10).

V.6 Count the number of times that they bowed before Joseph.

V.7 He knew them (John 16:16).

V.8-11 Only when the brothers acknowledge their wickedness would he be able to reveal the great secret of who he was.

V.12-20 The difficulties increase, so the work in their heart goes deeper.

V.21 They could never forget the moment years before, when they had seen the look on his face, when they had sold him as a slave (Matt. 27:36). For the Lord Jesus there was no pity.

V.22 His blood will be required (Matt. 27:25).

V.25-28 Notice the last nine words!

V.29-38 It looks as if the story might end here. What a tragedy that would have been! (1 Cor. 15:14, 8, 19).

V.36 Notice the last six words. What a contrast, we can say! (Rom. 8:28).

Day 45 - Genesis 43

V.1 God was allowing the famine to get worse. But He noticed how much the people felt it. There are many very touching words spoken in this chapter. Jacob’s in verses 6, 7, 11-14. Joseph’s in 16, 27, 29. The steward’s in 23. The guilt-stricken brothers had no idea that Joseph knew of their convicted consciences (see 42:21-23). They thought of him as a rough speaking man — as they themselves had been many years before. But Joseph has nothing but love in his heart for them. How little we realize the Lord’s love for us, when He allows us to pass through sorrows and difficulties.

V.8-10 Look back and see what part Judah had in the getting rid of Joseph. And see the changed heart. He is willing to offer his life for his brother Benjamin.

V.11, 15, 25-26 Jacob still thinks that gifts will help. Just think of how little this would mean to Joseph. He was interested in their hearts. Notice in contrast what Joseph sent as a gift (Gen. 45:20-23).

V.30-31 Can you read this without being stirred? What a heart of love. He carried no bitterness for them, and yet he could not let them see into his heart. Only when they had learned how bad was their heart, could they understand his heart of love.

Day 46 - Genesis 44

V.1-13 What a group of troubled men! But broken before God is the prelude to blessing for the believer. Remember that scripture has only one meaning, but many applications. The primary interpretation of this whole story is a picture of Israel, not the church. The church is pictured by Asenath (Gen. 41:50), Joseph’s Gentile wife. The brothers’ experience is a type of Israel in the tribulation. They will then, as a nation, pass through a time of dreadful tribulation for what they did to their Messiah (Acts 2:36). Then, when they are completely broken, the Lord Jesus is going to come to them, and reign as king over the earth. See “E” on your chart (Rom. 11:26). We, the church, are His bride (Eph. 5:25), and shall reign with Him over the earth.

V.16 Now comes the final confession. God has found out their iniquity! Had He? What they really meant was now we have found out that God knows.

V.18-34 What a tender speech! It comes from the heart of a truly broken man.

Day 47 - Genesis 45

Now the flood-gates of love open and Joseph makes himself known to his brothers (Zech. 14:4; 13:6, “E” on your chart).

V.3-4 Notice the statement repeated. All the redeemed will always remember that we put the Lord Jesus Christ on the cross (John 1:29).

V.5, 7-9 Joseph mentioned God four times. God was behind the terrible experience of Joseph of being sold as a slave, and was preparing a way for the whole family to be preserved and blessed.

V.9-15 They are to go back quickly to the others at home and tell them of Joseph (John 17:18). So Joseph told them what to say (Mark 16:15). They were to hurry (2 Cor. 6:2). Everything was to be provided for them (Rom. 8:32).

V.20 They were told not to worry about their own stuff (Phil. 4:6). Through suffering, Joseph received the crown (Heb. 1:3; 2:9-10; 9:28).

V.16-20 The happiness that Pharaoh and all in his house had when they heard the news of Joseph’s family, tells us what a grand reputation Joseph must have had.

V.25-28 Joseph had told them to tell his father of all his glory in Egypt (v. 13) but notice in verse 26 the first thing they tell their father! The great point of Christianity is that Jesus lives (Rev. 1:18). Jacob had believed the lies his sons had once told him (Gen. 37:32). Now when the truth is told, he will not believe. Many people gladly believe all the lies which are told about God. But they will not believe the truth. The day will come when God will make them believe a lie (2 Thess. 2:10-12).

Day 48 - Genesis 46

V.1 Jacob worshipped God before he left the land.

V.2 God answers, and assures him that his family would become a great nation! And He assures him of His presence. But best of all, He assures him that He will bring him up again (John 13:3).

V.5-26 The great family of 66 souls travels to Egypt. Not one is missing. Were they all fine, upright, true men? Hardly, but they were a humbled people. And that is what counts with God.

V.28 This is interesting. Judah again (Zech. 10:6); he is chosen to go ahead and meet Joseph. Thy tribe of Judah is today back in the land of Israel. They are going to be the first to welcome the Lord Jesus when He comes back to reign over earth.

V.29 Joseph himself goes to meet them all in a chariot (Isa. 66:15).

V.30 We have read of the hands of Joseph, his tears, his face, his blood and his words. Now if you want to have some sweet thoughts and meditations, think of these same five things of the Lord Jesus.

Day 49 - Genesis 47

V.1-12 Joseph’s family is settled in the best part of the land of Egypt (verses 6, 11)

V.13-26 Joseph is in complete control of Egypt. How they must have loved Joseph. This part of the story is a picture of the coming day of the 1,000 year reign of the Lord Jesus. The earth shall prosper and be at peace. Psalm 72:1-9 and Isaiah 11:4-9 are well worth reading about the millennium.

V.27-31 Jacob’s (or Israel’s) last days. But in spite of the lovely place he must have had, although it must have been a great thing to have his son the governor of the whole country, Jacob now turns has thoughts back to the land of promise! His resting place was not to be in Egypt, but in Israel.

Day 50 - Genesis 48

The 12 tribes of Israel were the families of Jacob’s 12 sons. But there was no tribe of Joseph! However something better happened. Joseph’s two sons were elevated to this honor. In those days, the eldest son received twice as much as the others (Deut. 21:17). But Joseph was not the eldest son! Turn to 1 Chronicles 5:1 and you will see that Joseph was given the birthright and why! So he received the double portion. (Read also Ezekiel 47:13). Adam was like the first-born, but because he sinned, he lost the blessing. The Lord Jesus — being like the second one (1 Cor. 15:47) — has received the double portion — the church, His bride, composed of two peoples, the believing Jews and the believing Gentiles.

V.1-4 A special blessing for Joseph.

V.5-22 Joseph’s two sons. Jacob knew better than Joseph what God wanted. Even though Jacob was blind, he could see better! Some times when we are more blind to the things of this world, we see better God’s things (2 Cor. 4:18). The younger son is raised above his older brother. Again like Adam and Christ.

V.15-16 What a happy ending to Jacob’s long life, and what a lovely thing to say about God’s care for him.

Day 51 - Genesis 49

The dying Jacob blesses all his sons, and this turns out to be a prophecy of the future of the nation of Israel. We cannot go into each brother’s blessing individually. Let us look at the most important Judah (verses 8-12). Into the tribe of Judah, God’s beloved Son would be born. Take a few minutes to read some references to this blessed One in the Old Testament Scriptures (Psa. 60:7; Num. 24:17; Ezek. 21:27; Zech. 6:12-13). And at the very beginning of God’s Word (Gen. 3:15).

V.10 The latter part of the verse refers to us Gentiles. We are the people(s).

V.22-26 Joseph is another picture of Christ in His majesty and glory.

V.27 Benjamin is a picture of Christ in power, in a coming day when He shall reign in power over this earth, but particularly over Israel.

Day 52 - Genesis 50

V.1 What tender love Joseph shows for his father.

V.2-13 One of the great funerals of the scriptures. Jacob is buried beside Abraham and Sarah, Isaac and Rebekah and Jacob’s first wife Leah (Gen. 49:31). There, today, in Hebron, their bodies wait for the resurrection when we, with them will hear the blessed voice of the Lord Jesus (1 Thess. 4:16-17).

V.14-26 When Jacob is dead, Joseph’s brothers become afraid that he will take revenge on them. In other words, they thought of Jacob as being their protector more than Joseph. They had enjoyed the love, protection and provision of food for 17 years from Joseph and now they fear him! But all this is so much like ourselves. The heart of each believer quickly has doubts about God’s unchanging love. Nothing but love remains for us. All God’s anger about every sin we commit in our whole life, has been spent upon the Lord Jesus. There is just no anger left. Nothing but love! And every act of His toward us (even the difficulties) is an act of love (Heb. 12:5-13).

V.22-26 Beautiful end. Joseph’s faith takes him far beyond the coffin in Egypt. It goes on to a better day. An eternal day. “God shall surely visit you!” So he gives commandment concerning his bones. That they too are to be carried back to the land (they were, see Josh. 24:32; Ex. 13:19; Heb. 11:22). In the last reference we see God’s value of Joseph’s faith. Egypt can only give a coffin. This world is our Egypt. But we can thank our blessed Lord Jesus Christ, for through Him we can say. “God shall surely visit you”!

Day 53 - Romans 1

We now take up a New Testament book, which, in some ways, compares with Genesis. In that one we had the first creation the physical one. In Romans, we read of the new creation — Christianity the finished work of Christ. Romans gives us the foundation truth of every believer’s position, as Genesis gives us the foundation truth of the first creation. Genesis tells us of the origins of our physical birth. Romans gives us the origin of our spiritual birth. The Lord Jesus, Who is the Creator of the first, is the Accomplisher of the second. In John 3:6-7 they are brought together. In Genesis, one man disobeyed unto death; in Romans, one Man obeyed unto death (Rom. 5:19). In the first creation disobedience to God is the very nature of fallen man; in the second creation; obedience is the very nature of a person redeemed (1 Pet. 1:2).

V.3 The good news from God (the gospel) concerns His Son; Jesus Christ our Lord.

V.5 Obedience comes from Christ, Who was totally obedient to God the Father. Read the last part of John 8:29. If we are not obeying God’s Word, we are not living the proper life which God has intended for us.

V.7 Every believer is a saint, though an unhappy one if he is not obeying God’s Word.

V.17-18 “Righteousness” means God’s way of putting a sinner perfect in the sight of God. God’s anger against sin was all spent at the cross for anyone who accepts Christ as Savior. He has nothing but love left for those who believe in Him! When a judge acquits a man, he makes him legally righteous, but he does not make the man into a different person. When God accepts a sinner He changes that person. He justifies him. He puts him in an entirely new position. He sees him without a sin on him. He sees him in Christ.

V.18-32 And on the other hand, God is angry at all those who refuse His righteousness. All the people of the world are referred to. Sin has ruined everyone.

V.19-20 No one can say that God is unfair in all this. A person who has never heard the gospel is not going to be held responsible for this. But he is going to be held responsible for what God has said to him through nature. People are without excuse. From Romans 1:19 to 2:16 God is speaking of the heathen lands (the Gentiles).

Day 54 - Romans 2

V.1-16 The cultured or educated Gentiles.

V.2 God judges according to truth.

V.6 According to deeds (what they did).

V.11 Without favoring one Person over another.

V.16 according to the gospel which Paul preached. The whole chapter shows that the more light a person has, the greater the punishment if he does not accept God’s gift. People say “yes, but what about the heathen?” This chapter puts things in their proper value. We should say to such a person “but what about you?”

V.17-29 The Jews. They were much more responsible because God had given them the law, His Word.

Day 55 - Romans 3

The subject of sin continues. God is proving that sin is everyone’s problem. All have sinned (v. 23) whether Jew or Gentile there is no difference (v. 22).

V.9 All are under sin, but the Lord Jesus was made sin for us (2 Cor. 5:21). See also 1 Peter 2:24. How great the price that was paid to put it away!

V.10-18 Taken from seven different Old Testament scriptures, these verses prove that the whole human race, in all ages, stands guilty before a holy God. Paul must have read the Old Testament carefully.

V.21-31 Big “BUT,” God here opens up the great contrast. He gives us a Person — His beloved Son — to buy us back (redeem us) to Him.

Day 56 - Romans 4

Today, another word starts to be used a great deal, “faith,” which means “to trust, to believe.” But always in the New Testament toward God, or Christ, or spiritual things. Sinners can only be cleansed from their sins by faith. Never by works.

V.1 Abraham is given as the greatest example of faith. He believed God.

V.2-8 Faith in God is entirely different from doing good works. These can never save a person.

V.9-22 Abraham received promises of blessing from God before there was a Jewish nation — so these blessings don’t depend on the law, but on faith believing God.

V.23-25 For us also. Faith (believing) in Christ’s work alone saves our soul.

Day 57 - Romans 5

V.1-2 “Therefore” what a lovely word! What peace floods our soul. Through Christ, we, pardoned sinners, are lifted right up into the glory of God.

V.1-11 Never tell a sinner to make his peace with God. Peace was made at the cross of Calvary (Col. 1:20). Peace becomes ours through faith.

V.10 Notice the two sides of God’s salvation. One side (the past), through the death of the Lord Jesus. The other side (present) through the life of the Lord Jesus now. Up to the end of verse 11, “sins” (not sin) have been the subject. But starting with verse 12 “sin” is spoken about. “Sin” is the fallen nature, “sins” the acts of that nature. “Sin” is the root: “sins” are the fruit.

V.12-21 Adam was a picture of the old life. Christ is the new life. Each is head of a family. We all were born once into Adam’s family. We must be born again into Christ’s family. “Sin, trespass, disobedience, condemnation and death” are contrasted (the opposite) with “righteousness justification and obedience.” We are all in one or the other position.

V.21 Sin is like a king. Like a slave-owner. We were the slaves. Sin is a power outside us. It is an enemy. The world today, apart from Christ, is under the power or control of sin (go back to Rom. 3:9). Christ had to come down and defeat sin on its own ground (Rom. 8:3). If you are in Christ (a believer in Him) you have entered into this victory, and are delivered from that awful power of sin (Rom. 6:18; 7:24-25). But now “grace” is the king. Grace reigns! But we are not yet delivered from the presence of sin. This subject comes up tomorrow. Chapter 5 tells us what we have through Christ. Chapter 6 what we are in Christ.

Day 58 - Romans 6

In this life, sin is always trying to get back into control over the believer. And now we are going to learn how to handle this serious situation. A struggle is described. Some would say that if a person was in this wonderful position of salvation, then sin didn’t matter, but it does as verse 12 tells us.

V.1 He repeats here what others had said in trying to trip him up (Rom. 3:8). So Paul carefully explains this very important teaching.

V.1-14 The believer has died with Christ, and has a new life in Jesus Christ. God’s Word says that these are facts. Verse 11 tells us to believe this. If a real Christian’s life does not show that he believes this, he does not lose his salvation, but he will not grow in his soul. If he believes what God says, then he won’t feed that old nature.

V.15-23 Believers are God’s servants. A new Master has replaced sin. Sin was a master in the old life and demanded shameful living. Do you realize that in these verses is the secret of the power of living a pure life?

V.23 Sin earns wages of death. But the other side is a gift — eternal life through Jesus Christ our Lord. In chapter 5 there are 2 heads of families — Adam and Christ. In chapter 6 there are two masters and in chapter 7 there are two husbands.

Day 59 - Romans 7:1-6

V.1-6 Paul uses the illustration of a woman married to a man. If he died, then she was free to marry another. The husband is a picture of the law, the wife is a picture of a person. The law has only power over a believer so long as he lives and the law can’t die, so how can the union be broken? The believer dies! Therefore the law (the former husband) no longer has power over one that is dead. A person who accepts Christ as his (or her) Savior, has died with Christ (Rom. 6:8). But Christ has risen from the dead, we believers are now married to Him. We cannot have two husbands at one time. We’ll only read these 6 verses today. Most believers never understand them. There is much bad teaching about what they mean. Don’t expect to understand it by reading it quickly. Read and reread it, until you get it! The believer is the one who dies!

Day 60 - Romans 7, Verses 7-25

V.7-25 In Philippians 3:6 Paul had said that as far as the law was concerned, he was blameless. That was before he became a saved man. But here, as a saved man, he is thinking of sin in a different way. He found that he wanted to do good, but he didn’t have the power. In the old life (old nature) he discovered that he was bad through and through (v. 18). Here Paul had the mistaken idea that his new nature could overcome the old nature, and keep it down.

V.24 But that couldn’t be done. He cries out for help. He realizes he needs a power outside himself. Only God could do it for him.

V.25 But another cry. This time from the heart. This time a cry of relief and triumph, and he knows he has been heard. He thanks the One Who came to his rescue — God Who has given the victory through Jesus Christ our Lord. Nothing is more important for us as believers than to learn this for ourselves. Do not leave these two chapters (6 & 7) until you see this. The flesh, be it ever so good and refined, will drag us down to defeat and surrender to sin. But when we surrender to Christ, He has the victory, and all the credit (the glory) goes to Him.

Day 61 - Romans 8:1-17

Chapter 7 was all weakness and defeat and all about “I, me or my” mentioned 47 times! Christ is mentioned twice. The Holy Ghost is not mentioned at all. This chapter is Spirit-saturated. The Holy Spirit is mentioned 18 times, Christ 13 times and “I, me or my” three times! The law could not set man free from the power of sin. But God has done it by sending His Son to earth to die on the cross. By His death, Satan, sin and death have been conquered.

V.1-4 The basis of the Spirit’s work is the cross of Christ. And this shall be our theme of praise in eternity. The Spirit of God wants to have us think about Christ more and more.

V.5-13 The Spirit is contrasted with the flesh. People who are the Lord’s are to live differently than those who do not know the Lord. The flesh fights against our new life all the time, but life in Christ brings us to new interests, and we have an aim in life — to please the Lord. The new life only wants to do this. The flesh never understands this because it does not understand God.

V.14-17 The Spirit makes us sure we are the sons of God.

Day 62 - Romans 8:18-39

V.18-25 The Spirit makes us sure of the coming glory. If we are enjoying this fact, then the present problems through which we pass, don’t upset us.

V.26-27 The Holy Spirit intercedes (prays) for us. Sometimes we don’t know how to pray and we just sigh. The Holy Spirit puts this sigh into proper words before God!

V.28-30 The Holy Spirit carries out God’s plan. These verses apply to all believers. For all believers love God. And God is gradually leading on all believers according to His purposes. If we realize that His love toward us never changes, we are well on our way to understanding these other things.

V.31-39 What a burst of adoration and thanksgiving. With this chapter, the great teachings about salvation end. If you have the time, it will be well worth it if you reread these eight chapters with the outlines. They are the foundation of Christianity.

Day 63 - Romans 9

God now speaks about the Jews. Israel originally was to have been the missionary group to the Gentiles (Isa. 42:6). And when the long-promised Messiah (Jesus) came, Israel crucified Him! Paul breaks this whole subject into three parts. Chapter 9 — first part. Israel chosen in the past to be richly blessed. It was not because they were good that they were chosen. They failed completely — they killed the One Who had come to earth to bless them! Chapter 10 — Israel at present. The nation is set aside. Chapter 11 — in the future after the church has been taken to heaven, God is going to re-gather Israel. So past, present and future, chaps. 9, 10, 11.

V.1-5 Paul is heart-broken that most of the Jews are outside the place of blessing. They rejected the Savior, and they don’t want anyone who follows Him. Notice in these verses how like the Lord Jesus Paul speaks — he walked so closely to the Lord.

V.6-13 In the early history of Israel, God chose one branch of a family for His special purposes. The behavior of that person had nothing to do with his being chosen. The Jews were arguing that God had to bless them (Luke 3:8; John 8:33,39). So he points out that only one person was chosen (v. 7) in a family. God didn’t wait to see how Jacob would turn out before He chose him (Gen. 25:23; Mal. 1:2).

V.14-29 No one can tell God what to do. Paul says that God could not be called unfair. He gives 3 reasons.

V.15-18 The scripture shows that God is free to do what He wants.

V.19-24 It would be like claiming to be equal with God instead of one of His creatures.

V.25-29 The Old Testament scriptures themselves prove that God was going to have a little remnant (group) of believing Jews, and that His love and grace would go out to the Gentiles.

V.30-33 It was known by the Old Testament scriptures that Israel would miserably fail and be set aside by God. God can do what He wants and if He did set them aside and bring the Gentiles into blessing, He will never give them up. We’ll see this in chapter 11. Those Gentiles who believe will be saved. The Jews tried to gain their blessings through their own works, and lost everything. The very Stone they stumbled over was the very One, and the only One, Who could have saved them. That Stone was the Lord Jesus Christ.

Day 64 - Romans 10

Paul had been a Pharisee, and knew all about the law. However, once he was saved, and indwelt by the Holy Spirit (at the same time, Eph. 1:13), he came to know the total rejection of God by the Jews. (1) They rejected Jehovah; (2) they rejected the Christ of God, Who came as Messiah; (3) they rejected God, the Holy Spirit (Acts 7).

V.14 The Jews had a zeal (energy to serve) God, but not the right way. They were going to establish their own righteousness. And just think of how many people there are today who are trying to do their best.

V.5-13 The gospel is easily received and is open to all.

V.6-7 No one needs to think that they have to go a long distance (up to heaven) or down into the abyss to receive Christ. Salvation is close, ready for anyone.

V.8-13 The lips to say, the heart to believe are all that is necessary on our part.

V.14-21 God has given the Jews every opportunity, and has done everything possible. There are four links in a chain between God and them: the apostles, preaching, hearing and faith (believing). But they broke the chain, they would not believe.

Day 65 - Romans 11

Paul here looks into the future. He asks whether God is finished with Israel forever. No, they are going to be blessed in the end! Look at your chart “E”. After the Lord takes the church (we believers) to heaven, then He is going to turn back to deal with Israel.

V.1-5 Remember that Elijah thought he was the only one in his days who was faithful to God. And the Lord had to tell him that 7,000 others had not bowed down to idol worship. God always has His faithful ones or remnant.

V.6 Grace is the opposite of works.

V.11-35 Through the rejection of the Messiah, God turned from the Jews, and has now offered His salvation to the whole world. (On chart “the day of grace”). When the Lord Jesus comes for us, then God is going to start to work on some of the Jews again, and He is going to open their blind eyes.

V.12-16 Israel rejected the Savior, through this rejection much good has come to the Gentiles. What a grand and glorious day it will be when Israel returns to God!

V.17-33 Israel was the natural branch of a tree. Because of unbelief they have been cut out, and other branches (the Gentiles) have been grafted in. But here the new branches are warned that if they do not continue on, they will be cut out, and then it will be easy to graft in again the natural branches. And that is exactly what is going to happen. After we believers are taken to heaven, the Jews shall be brought back into blessing in the millennium.

V.33 Paul bursts into praise to God for working out such a glorious plan.

Day 66 - Romans 12

The last five chapters take up different instructions for believers. This chapter tells the believer how he should live, labor and love. For every instruction in the Bible on how to live, there is always a definite doctrine as the foundation for it. The gospel has two sides, the believing side and the behaving side. However, they both go together, because our behavior shows what we believe.

V.1 A life devoted to God is the natural life for each believer.

V.2 We are not to follow the world’s talk, habits or customs, but be changed into living for Christ, then we will prove the good and acceptable and perfect will of God. We are not to live just to please ourselves, but the Lord.

V.3-8 We believers are to be together in one fellowship for we are one “body.” Are you living this?

V.9-21 Love for the believer is genuine love. It learns and draws its strength from God’s love in Christ. “Without dissimulation” means “without pretending,” “without deceit.” How true are these verses of us?

Day 67 - Romans 13

Yesterday we read of how the believer behaves toward other believers — today, toward unbelievers.

V.1-7 Every time there is an election, the right man always gets in, therefore the believer does not vote. It seems hard to realize that it makes no difference what kind of government we are under, or what laws may be made. Whether we like them or not, we are to obey them. Not of course, if they are contrary to God’s Word. Satan is the god of this world (2 Cor. 4:4), yet overruled by God. We are in the world, but not of it. If you are disobeying the government you are disobeying God. Read these seven verses again — they are God speaking to you and me.

V.8-14 Two reasons for goodness. The first is love (vvs. 8-10) the second is because the Lord is coming soon (vvs. 11-14). The day of the Lord (“E” on chart) follows the day of tribulation (“D” on chart). It is drawing near.

Day 68 - Romans 14

How believers are to behave toward everyone, but with the Lord always in mind. Personal opinion often is the rule for how a person behaves, but this is not what God is telling us here.

V.13-23 People often look down on those who do not act the way they think they should act. Believers are not to be controlled by what they think, but by the Word of God. We should be conscious of the effect on others of how we are acting; and more importantly, that we are responsible to the Lord. Some who had been Gentiles before they were saved might have been idolaters. The poorer people could buy from the slaughter house, meat which had been offered to idols. The question came up, as to whether it was all right for a believer to eat this meat. A person who had just come to know the Lord Jesus as Savior does not know much about the Lord or about the Scriptures. An older believer was not to offend the conscience of the younger believer by eating this meat, even though he might eat it himself with a good conscience.

Day 69 - Romans 15

V.1-7 Paul had learned that obedience is not self-pleasing. This is one of the most important things to understand. Paul brings the perfect Man before us as an example. Only a believer in Christ has the power to live the Christian life according to the Bible. Remember Paul was not only telling them how to act, he was showing them.

V.8-13 The believers who had been Jews might think that they knew more than the believers who had been Gentiles. And the Gentile believers might be thinking that the Jewish believers were holding on to a lot of traditions, which came from the Old Testament days. Paul turns them both to Christ.

V.13 Beautiful words to unite all the believers into a desire to please God alone.

V.17-21 Paul reviews his missionary work and he does not take credit for other missionaries’ work. But he does point out Christ’s work through him.

V.22-32 Paul outlines his future plans. This chapter has many lovely points. Here are a few. God is the God of patience (v. 5), the God of consolation (encouragement, v. 5), the God of hope (v. 13), the God of peace (v. 33). Then we have the glory of God, the truth of God, the gospel of God, the Spirit of God, and the will of God. See if you can find the five of them. If you have the time, look for (A) references to the Holy Spirit, (B) references to hope, (C) references to Christ, (D) references to the many things with which we can be filled. As members of the one body, note that we are to (1) help, (2) please, (3) receive, (4) admonish (warn others), (5) minister (serve), and (6) pray for one another.

Day 70 - Romans 16

Paul loved all the brethren and was acquainted with what many were doing. He was rich in friendships. And this is why he remembers so many, even if only by name (in a few cases). Men and women alike helped him greatly. Where praise was due, Paul never failed to give it. Wouldn’t that be a nice way for us to act with other believers?

V.17-18 Paul was not trying to win popularity by flattering everyone. He has some sharp things to say about those who were causing divisions making denominations. Today many believers are tolerant about those who cause divisions and offenses contrary to the doctrine they have learned. Notice what should be done to these people.

V.25-27 Beautiful end to this mighty Epistle. May we have grace from God to live according to its words. Then we shall walk in the joy of the blessings of this final expression of praise to God.

Day 71 - Exodus 1

Now the second step — “the coming out.”

In Exodus the children of Israel were taken out of Egypt by God, in the book of Acts — the more or less corresponding Book in the New Testament — the children of God (believers) are taken out of the religion of that day, Judaism. “Exodus” means “the coming out.” God always leads out before He leads in. No greater mistake can a believer make, than to suppose we can understand God’s thoughts by our natural mind. We must put out of our life first, the things we know don’t please the Lord. Read Isaiah 1:16-17, three times. So today we’re starting the “coming out” book.

V.1-6 A list of all the families to be brought out. For the believer today, God knows all who are to be saved (Acts 15:16-18), our names are written in His book of life (Rev. 20:15), and we were chosen before the earth was created (Eph. 1:4).

V.7-14 The enemy is the king of Egypt. The enemy of our souls is Satan and those whom he uses. The trials made them realize they were in an enemy land. So do our trials. This is not the place for us to settle down.

V.15-22 Murder is in Pharaoh’s heart (like Satan, John 8:44). So Israel’s situation while in Egypt is a picture too of the believer the sentence of death was on us but we have been delivered by God. It was God Who saved the boy babies alive, although those He used (midwives) were not what they should be so far as honesty was concerned 2 Cor. 4:7. The person whom the Lord may use is never perfect. Only Christ is.

Day 72 - Exodus 2

V.1 This man shows his obedience to the Word of God as to whom he should marry. Compare Genesis 24:3-4 with 2 Corinthians 6:14, 17.

V.2 Hebrews 11:23 tells a little more than this verse. God sees into our heart.

V.3-10 God puts people in places where He wants them. Even a baby cries just at the right moment!

V.11-14 Moses had a true care for his brethren, the Hebrews, but he acts in a terrible way — he murders the Egyptian. Moses must learn that this will never bring good results.

V.15-22 God is teaching Moses tenderness of spirit toward those in trouble.

V.23-25 Their troubles were bringing them closer to God and making them feel their need of Him. The people sighed, cried and groaned; but God heard, remembered, looked and had respect unto them (knew their condition). He always hears when we realize our need.

Day 73 - Exodus 3

V.1-6 More private lessons for Moses. The bush is burning, yet it does not burn up — a picture of God’s holy judgment yet not destroying.

V.7-10 God sees! God hears! God cares! God promises! The believer should realize this in his life.

V.11-12 Moses thinks of his own weakness. God tells him that he cannot do the job, but God can.

V.16-19 God gives Moses the older, responsible men of Israel to encourage him. They would act together, and the result would be certain deliverance for Israel.

V.13-15 Wonderful description of God. Read it several times. His grandeur is overwhelming.

Day 74 - Exodus 4

V.1-9 Moses thinks of his own weakness instead of listening to what God has just said (in chapter 3). God in mercy does three things to show His power.

V.10-17 Instead of trusting the Lord, Moses continues his doubting and now loses part of his place of privilege. God uses two men to do one job. We should never doubt the power of God, nor think too much of ourselves.

V.24-26 Moses fails to obey and circumcise his boys, apparently because his wife didn’t want to. It almost cost Moses his life.

V.27-31 Notice how quickly Aaron obeys the Lord. Moses does all the miracles again.

V.31 Wonderful words — they believed, they heard. The last seven words give us the final result!

Day 75 - Exodus 5

V.1 Finally Moses and Aaron go to Pharaoh, king of Egypt. They quote the Lord’s words.

V.2 Pharaoh uses dangerous language against the Lord. Hebrews 12:5 is a warning to us not to harden our heart.

V.6-14 Instead of obeying the Lord, Pharaoh makes the Israelites work harder. Circumstances get steadily worse. Pharaoh (a type of Satan) is a hard taskmaster.

V.19-23 These officers are acting without God’s instruction in going to Pharaoh; they blame Moses — like believers who act without instruction from God’s Word. They always cause trouble. Moses loses his confidence in the Lord. There are lessons he has yet to learn.

Day 76 - Exodus 6

V.1 What a gracious answer the Lord gives! The unbelief of His people does not change His purpose of bringing the Israelites into the land of promise.

V.2-8 God again gives His plain promise. Are we willing to believe God when He speaks before He acts? That is faith. A new name of God “Jehovah” is here given. God’s special Name earlier had been the “Almighty God” (v. 3). In Christianity today, God has fully revealed Himself as Father, Son and Holy Spirit.

V.6-8 Notice seven times the Lord says “I will.” In (1) deliverance, (2) liberty, (3) power, (4) intimacy (5) relationship, (6) blessing, (7) inheritance. Can you identify these?

V.9 Moses spoke a happy, comforting message, but it was not listened to because the people were so upset. How often we miss out because we are not patient and do not believe God!

V.13, 14-27 Obedience to God’s Word is what God insists upon. God knew that the people would be brought out of Egypt, so He gives us those families who would later become special leaders among the Israelites.

Day 77 - Exodus 7

V.1-7 God was going to bring Israel out of Egypt “by great judgments” (punishments).

V.4 If Pharaoh the king acts harshly toward Israel, he would get the same treatment in return (compare Gen. 12:3 and Gal. 6:7).

V.3 Some might think that God hardened Pharaoh’s heart first, but this is not so. Pharaoh hardened it first (Ex. 5:2), although God does tell us beforehand that He knew he would refuse to let the Israelites go out of Egypt (Ex. 3:19).

V.8-13 People like to see miracles, but their hearts are not changed by such acts of power. It was the same when Jesus was down here (John 2:23-25; John 6:25-29).

V.14-25 The Lord begins His great punishments over the whole land of Egypt. But men under the power of Satan (v. 22), also do great things, and the king continues not listening to the Lord. Pharaoh was so hard-hearted (v. 23) that he does not even feel disturbed by the troubles of his own people as they search for water to drink. It was the Lord in His mercy Who stopped this first punishment (v. 25).

Day 78 - Exodus 8

V.1-7 The second punishment; but Satan’s men still are at work!

V 8-15 Only the Lord could stop the trouble. Moses prays for those who were causing the troubles, because Pharaoh had seemed to be bending a little.

V.6-19 The third punishment. Satan has no power to produce life out of dust. God alone gives life to any creature. Satan always tries to imitate God. Today we hear of miracles being done; let us beware of Satan’s imitations.

V.20-24 The fourth punishment. How gracious of the Lord to spare His people! He made a difference (vvs. 22-23). Always remember that we are a separated people! There is no such thing as the common brotherhood of man!

V.25-32 Moses understands this separation and will not agree to sacrifice to God in the land of Egypt. The Israelites must be by themselves no mixing of Egyptians and Israelites. How sad it is to see professing Christian places today inviting anyone off the street to “Worship with us.”

Day 79 - Exodus 9

V.1-7 The fifth punishment (or plague). The Lord separates even the animals; but Pharaoh still does not believe and will not listen.

V.8-12 The sixth punishment. Now beginning to get closer by touching the bodies of the Egyptians including their “miracle men.” Still no change in Pharaoh!

V.13-26 The seventh punishment. With a special warning more personally to Pharaoh. He had his place of authority from God (see Rom. 13:1), but he was making much of himself and not obeying God’s Word. He owed his very life to God (vvs. 16-17) but would not admit it. Some of his servants showed that they believed God by their actions (v. 20). If leaders go against God, we cannot follow their example, but act by faith ourselves.

V.27-35 Pharaoh’s first confession of sin, but did he mean it? Moses could see that Pharaoh was not on God’s side, but Moses in mercy again prays for those who could not pray for themselves. The Lord is honored, and Pharaoh became more responsible than ever in his foolish actions.

Day 80 - Exodus 10

V.1-11 The middle of verse 3 is what many believers today are not willing to do! But it is the only “road” to God’s blessing in life (See James 4:9-10). Pharaoh’s servants reason with him that Egypt was suffering. They did not care about God. Pharaoh was willing to let the men of Israel go so that they would have to come back to their families and homes. Pharaoh didn’t want the total separation of God’s people. Satan is the same today.

V.12-15 The eighth punishment. No food left.

V.16-20 Pharaoh now is in a hurry, and his confession goes further than before. But he is only interested in removing his troubles. See the word “only” twice in verse 17.

V.21-29 The ninth punishment. A great difference again between the Egyptians and the Israelites. Is there a difference between our home and a worldly one? Moses would not compromise at all — wonderful example for us — and Pharaoh seals his own doom by refusing to submit to God.

Day 81 - Exodus 11

This is the Lord’s last warning before the final punishment falls. Possibly each of these plagues condemned a different false god of the Egyptians.

V.7 Tells us again how much the Lord delights in His people and can show His power for them. The door to this grace is just about to be shut forever. On Egypt (a picture of this world) God’s punishment was about to fall.

Day 82 - Exodus 12:1-20

Moses is very great. Notice what Numbers 12:3, 7 say about him.

V.2 What the Israelites were about to be told was to be the beginning of a whole new way of life for them.

V.3-5 “A lamb ... the lamb ... your lamb”; that brings it personally to each Israelite (See 1 Pet. 1:18-20).

V.6 They had to be sure the lamb was perfect.

V.7 They had to “take of the blood” of the killed lamb and put it where God told them.

V.8 Notice the word “roast.” The lamb was never to be roasted ever after, in the keeping of the Passover. It was to be boiled (seethed) in water as 16:23. Roasting exposed the lamb directly to the fire. The Lord Jesus was exposed to the fire of God’s judgment on the cross, once. When we remember the Lord Jesus by taking the bread and the wine it is a remembrance of what He did once.

V.8-11 All were to eat the rest of the lamb, as people all ready to leave Egypt. Like a believer starting out in his new life.

V.12-13 The tenth and final judgment, by which the Lord did what He had promised.

V.14 This special memorial feast was for the Israelites, as the Lord’s Supper (1 Cor. 11:23-26) is now for us Christians.

V.15-20 “Seven days” is a “complete” period, starting immediately after the feast of verse 14! 1 Corinthians 5:6-8 gives the meaning of this seven-day feast for Christians. All our Christian life, right from the moment we were saved we are to act sincerely (honestly, uprightly) and according to the truth of God’s Word. The leaven (a picture of evil) was to be cleared out of their houses — evil is to be put out of our life.

Day 83 - Exodus 12, Verses 21-51

V.23 Look at the contrast between the first ten words and the last fourteen words. What makes the difference for us who believe? The blood of the Lord Jesus and nothing else (see the middle of the verse). Do your families know this? Does it cause our hearts to worship the Lord?

V.31 Pharaoh is forced by God to do what he did not want to do.

V.35 The Israelites asked the Egyptians for silver, gold and clothing.

V.36 And the Egyptians gave them what they asked for!

V.42 Probably we could correctly say that this was the greatest night in Israel’s history, that night there was darkness and blood. For believers today, we remember the cross of the Lord Jesus when there was darkness for three hours, and then His blood was shed.

V.46 They had the whole roasted lamb on the table to eat, but care had to be taken that they didn’t break a bone. Now look at John 19:36 and 1 Corinthians 5:7, to see how all was pointing on to the Lord Jesus.

V.49 One standard was for everybody what God said! How important is His Word.

Day 84 - Exodus 13

V.1-13 Now that they had been redeemed by the blood of the lamb, they were God’s own people. They were fit to be with Him on this long journey ... they were now a holy people. Every first-born male baby must be remembered as belonging to the Lord. (Read Ex. 13:2, 11-13). A lamb had to be sacrificed for that boy.

V.3-10 This looks on to when they would have arrived in the “land of promise” (Israel). They would have to search their house to make sure there was no leaven in the house for seven days (the perfect number). For us it can mean our whole life should be separated from evil of all kinds and lived for the Lord who is holy.

V.14-16 Later, when a son would say to his father, “What are you doing this for?” the father would say “Because the Lord did so much for us by redeeming us out of Egypt.” They were to remember this. How much more have we to remember what Christ has done for us! We will through eternity (Read Rev. 1:5, 9).

V.17-22 What tender care and protection by God! He kept them from becoming discouraged (v. 17), guided them as their Leader, protected them from the heat of the sun, and gave them light and warmth at night (v. 21) and never stopped this care (v. 22)! And how much more today, for we have been redeemed by the blood of God’s only Son.

Day 85 - Exodus 14

V.1-4 The long journey commences. The Lord told Moses exactly where to go. That’s all we believers need to realize He guides. But we need to obey.

V.5 Pharaoh quickly forgets what God had done (See Ex. 12:29-31).

V.9-14 Outwardly it looked as if everything was against the Israelites. Even they themselves became discouraged and afraid.

V.15 The Lord said “go forward.” It is only by putting into practice in our lives the truth of God, that the power of God will be seen by us.

V.19-20 What a tremendous miracle!

V.24-25 The Lord does what no one else could do, and even the Egyptians knew it.

V.26-28 But they were too late! Remember Genesis 6:3.

V.29-31 What a difference for Israel saved by the Lord, their enemies all dead, the Lord Himself their confidence (Read Rom. 7:24-25; 8:1-4).

Try to understand that the time between chapters 13 and 14 is like a believer today who has been redeemed by the blood of Christ, but does not have assurance that he (she) has been delivered from the power of Satan. But when they saw all the Egyptian army drowned, they knew they were delivered.

Day 86 - Exodus 15

In chapter 12 They had the blood; in chapter 13:21 and 14:20, they had the pillar; and in our chapter today, they have the song. All different, but all tokens for us of the one Jesus Who meets all our needs.

V.1 Israel’s song was based on what Jehovah did in Egypt; our joy is based upon what Christ has done at Calvary (Rom. 5:11).

V.1-12 The work of the Lord in saving the Israelites leads them to learn more of Himself and praise Him. Here the Lord has led them out of Egypt, in verse 17 He will lead them “in” to the land, and the necessary guiding in between (v. 13). Should we be trusting Him? Certainly!

V.14-18 Others hear and become afraid.

V.17 This is to be the center of the whole earth in a future day (Zech. 14:4, 16).

V.22-26 Again things looked bad — only bitter water. The “tree” reminds us of the cross of Christ. When we bring thoughts of the cross into our “bitterness” in life, sweetness results.

V.27 His grace again — plenty of good water and rest. Are we learning more of His heart?

Day 87 - Exodus 16

V.2-3 Complaining again! Verse 8 shows Who the people were really complaining against. Compare 1 Timothy 6:6, 8.

V.4 One of the greatest and longest miracles done by God for the Israelites. Over 1,000 tons of manna must have fallen from the sky each day for forty years. John 6:26-35, 48-58 is the spiritual teaching for us today. Christ Himself is not only our Savior but He is to be our daily “food”.

V.20-27 How slow we are to trust the Lord and leave ourselves in His hands! And how patient He is with us. He does not change His Word when we fail, but makes us feel our unbelief.

V.35 What faithfulness on God’s part! May we trust Him more.

Day 88 - Exodus 17

V.1-3 At the Red Sea, they had been delivered from death through water, now they were being tested by having no water at all! It was water which had delivered them from the enemy’s power, here they had to learn the power of water (in God’s hands) as applied to them personally.

V.6 God’s mercy and care again.

V.7 Just like us! After all the Lord had just done for them, here they were doubting the Lord’s promises.

V.8-16 Joshua broke the power of the enemy, but only while Moses’ hands were raised up, on the hill. We have spiritual enemies (see Eph. 6:12). Our power for victory over these enemies can only come through Christ Who is up in heaven praying for us (see Heb. 7:25).

V.15 “Jehovah-nissi” means “the Lord my banner.”

Day 89 - Exodus 18

V.1-12 Moses married a Gentile wife, named Zipporah. She is sent away, but now returns. A picture of us believers. We are the Gentile bride of Christ. During the time Israel goes through the tribulation (see your chart) we believers, the church, are away in heaven. But during the millennium, the church and Israel are going to rejoice together that Christ is the Center of all. It will be a day of unspeakable joy to Him, and every part of His joy will awaken a response in the heart of the “Lamb’s wife,” the believers (Rev. 19:6-9).

V.13-27 This section is a picture of the Lord’s reign during the millennium. In Psalm 72:2-3 there is a nice statement about this great time. Everything will be perfectly in order. However, we must not overlook the fact that Moses himself made a mistake in listening to Jethro. It sounded like such good advice, but if God had given Moses the job to do, then God would give him the strength for it.

Day 90 - Exodus 19

V.1-6 Here comes a great change in their history. God called Moses to come up to Him on a mountain. There He reminded Moses how He had taken care of them. Everything depended on God. Now He is going to put them on testing ground. If they obeyed, they would be blessed.

V.7-8 “Oh fine” said the people. “We’ll obey everything that God tells us”. What a mistake!

V.9 So God gave them the ten commandments!

V.10-19 This was the way the Lord showed Himself to the people at that time. Hebrews 12:18-29 shows us that such is not God’s way now! We have to come to Jesus and His precious blood, and we stand on the ground of grace.

V.20-25 The Lord knew the people far better than Moses did. We must have a holy reverence for God at all times.

Day 91 - Exodus 20

V.1-17 The “ten commandments” only condemn every one. They show how sinful we all are by nature. Remember Hebrews 7:19. These words teach us things which God requires, only Christ could keep them. Being a perfect Man, He could die for our sins. He has perfectly satisfied God about our sins, so if Christ has been accepted back in heaven (and He has) so will be each believer.

V.24-26 Don’t confuse this altar with the one we’re going to be reading about later. This one is made of earth and was temporary.

Day 92 - Exodus 21

Various instructions for their behavior as God’s people.

V.1-6 Our Lord Jesus Christ perfectly fulfilled this touching story. He loved the “church” and gave Himself for it.

V.7-11 Now the woman servant. God does not always treat men and women exactly alike. These verses show some differences from the first six verses of our chapter.

V.12-27 These teachings are God’s ways for man to treat his fellow man in ruling or governing. In many places governments are giving up capital punishment for murderers but they are turning from God’s Word.

V.28-36 Some people say that a person is only responsible for his own actions. But here God shows that owners of animals are responsible for the animals; past actions as well as the present.

Day 93 - Exodus 22

Twenty-one “ifs” in the chapter. The last verse sums up the whole purpose.

V.1-15 There was to be uprightness in a person’s dealings with another. Depending on the value of what was taken or destroyed, the guilty person had to restore not only what he took, but add extra to it. Satan stole honor from God (Gen. 3:1-5). Christ has restored this and more by His life and death (Psa. 69:4). Satan stole the world from man; Christ has given us heaven! Satan’s final payment will come in Revelation 20:10.

V.16-20 Present day loose, immoral ideas are surely condemned by God.

V.21-27 How careful each should be concerning those who have little in this world. The last three words of this group of verses are so important for believers to remember!

V.28-31 What kind of people are we to be? (v. 31). In verse 28 “gods” means “judges,” and “the rulers” means any “prince” or important leader. These may not always be right, but we are to be very careful how we talk about them, for God hears.

Day 94 - Exodus 23

Further instructions, with much more about speaking.

V.1-9 How often people spread bad rumors or gossip about another person. Do not “follow the crowd” verse 2.

V.4-5 Notice whose animals these are!

V.10-13 God says everyone needs a rest from work each week. Verse 13, “circumspect” means to be on guard or very careful. Our talk should be of Him and His love.

V.14-19 Responsibilities to the Lord.

V.20-33 Wonderful promises! “Beware of Him” in verse 21, means that they were to fear and reverence God. Are we believers to be any less careful!

Day 95 - Exodus 24

V.1-8 Now we come to the time when the covenant (agreement) which we read of in chapter 19, about the “Ten Commandments” will be confirmed between God and the Israelites. This was done with blood. Hebrews 8:9 tells us what happened to this promise (covenant) and why there is a “new” one. While we can learn lessons from the “old” one, it no longer is the foundation for blessing from God. God didn’t fail, but man is proved to be totally incapable of keeping his side of the agreement (covenant). In Christianity there is no covenant, because we were dead in sins. Now God has come to us in pure grace (Eph. 2:8).

V.9-11 What an experience for the four men. It was a sight of God’s glory, more than seeing the Person of God. Something like what is described in Matthew 17:2. Verses such as John 1:18, 1 Timothy 6:16 and John 4:24 show us that it is impossible for a man to really see God’s Person. In order for man to “see” God in any way, the Son became a Man. But it is only faith which really sees God in Jesus! (John 14:9).

V.12-18 All the leaders of Israel had the special honor in verses 9-11. Now Moses is singled out for even greater honor among the leaders. The Lord’s purpose is given in verse 12. What He gave Moses during the forty days, is what we have in chapters 25-31. During those days, the leaders waited on the mountain and all the rest of the people waited at the bottom of the mountain. With this chapter, the giving of the ten commandments and special instructions ends.

Day 96 - Exodus 25, Verses 1-22

Today we start to read one of the most interesting and instructive subjects of the Old Testament — the TABERNACLE. See the Diagram.

In the Garden of Eden, sin entered through disobedience, and death by sin. Because of the holiness of God, the man and the woman must be driven out of God’s Presence. The first creation was thus ruined and the whole human race has fallen. But locked in the heart of God was a secret — that He would send His beloved Son to this earth to become a Man. Through His life, death, blood and resurrection a NEW CREATION would be made which would never fail. God wanted to give a picture of this — and the TABERNACLE is that picture. (Read Heb. 8:5; 9:8-9, 11; 10:1, 19-20.)

V.1-7 The people were asked to offer the necessary materials with which to build the tabernacle. “Every man that giveth it willingly with his heart.” It needed to come from the heart.

V.8 This tabernacle was to be a place where God could meet Aaron the High Priest — who could represent the people. Aaron also represented God to the people. God didn’t come out, and the people couldn’t go in (Heb. 9:8). But now, each believer in the Lord Jesus Christ is a priest before God (1 Pet. 2:5), and can come right into God’s presence (Heb. 10:19-22). So that having a man as head of a congregation is really setting aside Christ’s work on the cross. It is like going back to the shadows of the Old Testament.

V.9 Not one detail was left to Moses — his responsibility was merely to carry out what God Himself had shown him as a pattern. Nor does God give you and me any choice as to how He is to be worshipped. All denominations are the result of man setting up his own ideas as to how God is to be worshipped (See 1 Tim. 1:3).

V.10-22 ThE ARK. The last verse shows us the all-importance of this plain wooden box, covered with pure gold. It is a picture of Christ, through Whom all divine truth is given us (John 14:6). This ark was made up of three parts. The box which at first, contained only the two stones on which God had written the ten commandments. But completely covering this box was a slab of pure gold, called the mercy-seat. On this was sprinkled blood. What a beautiful picture this is of Christ, the One Who is holy, sinless and undefiled (Heb. 7:26), Whose blood has been shed, Who is our “mercy-seat”, and the Mediator between God and us (1 Tim. 2:5). The third part was the cherubim, heavenly beings, with wings outstretched over the mercy-seat. They picture the power of God to punish any disobedience of the ten commandments. But notice they are still; they just gaze on the blood. For us, the blood of Christ has been shed for the punishment of the sins each believer has committed. Now no judgment can fall on us (Rom. 8:1; 5:1).

Day 97 - Exodus 25, Verses 23-40

V.23-30 THE TABLE. On this, twelve freshly baked loaves of bread were placed each Sabbath. The previous week’s bread was then taken off to the courtyard of the tabernacle and Aaron and his two sons, ate them. Christ is the bread which came down from heaven (John 6:32-33, 35, 41, 48, 50-51).

V.33-40 THE CANDLESTICK Made of one piece of pure gold, beaten into the shape, here described. The only source of light in the tabernacle. God is light. The only source of truth is God. The Lord Jesus Christ became a Man so that He could give us that light (John 1:1, 3-4, 8-9; 8:12; 12:46).

Enlarge

Download (247.6 KB)

Day 98 - Exodus 26, Verses 1-14

This chapter tells of how the four coverings for the whole tabernacle, were to be made. All illustrate to us a different view of Christ.

V.1-6 The inside covering went over the 48 standing boards. The only way this magnificent covering could be seen was from the inside, and the priest would have to look up! Each brings to our thoughts the glories of Christ. Blue, the heavenly Man; purple, the royalty of Christ; and scarlet, His earthly glory (still to come). All believers in the Lord Jesus are priests (1 Pet. 2:5). This covering is called “the tabernacle” (v. 1). The ten panels were coupled together to make one (Read John 1:14).

V.7-14 The second covering is called “the tent” (v. 14). This can be a picture to us of Christ as the Prophet of God come down to earth (Read John 6:14). Only the piece which hung down over the front door could be seen.

V.14 Interesting cover next rams skins dyed red (A) only half a verse, (B) no size given, (C) no strips mentioned, and (D) not seen. The ram was the animal of consecration for the priest (29:15-28). (A) An indescribable picture of the devotion of Christ to God. (B) Who could ever measure what Christ meant in devotion to God! (C) His Person could never be divided — He is God. (D) Only God could see and value the devotion of His wellbeloved Son!

V.14 This top covering protected the whole building. Christ is He Who shuts out all which is offensive in us to a holy God (Rom. 5:10).

Day 99 - Exodus 26, Verses 15-37

V.15-30 Forty-eight boards. All the same size, all of wood (picture of humanity) all covered with gold (divine righteousness). You and I, as human beings in the state in which we were born, could never stand before a holy God. But as each board was covered with gold, so each believer has been made the righteousness of God in Christ (1 Cor. 1:30). Many boards one tabernacle. Many members one body (1 Cor. 12:12-14).

V.31-33 The veil separated the two rooms in the tabernacle the “holy place,” “the holiest of all” or “the most holy” (v. 33), God’s Presence, where the ark was. Through the veil, Aaron, the high priest, only could go once a year on the day of atonement. Read Hebrews 9:7-14, Matthew 27:51, and finally read Hebrews 10:19-22 for what this now means to us. You can be sure you will be richly rewarded if you look up these Scriptures.

V.36-37 The door of the tabernacle was a door of grace for the priests. No cherubim (judgment).

Day 100 - Exodus 27

V.1-8 We now go out into the courtyard (see the diagram). The first object inside the gate of the court was this altar, made of wood, but covered with brass. It would have been about 7½ feet x 7½ feet x 4½ feet high. The people (about 604,000 men) would bring their animals as a sacrifice to God, to this altar. A picture of the cross of Christ. These people brought an animal, which they killed and burnt on the altar. When we read the early chapters of Leviticus we’ll learn of the different sacrifices they brought to this altar.

The altar was made of wood (Christ’s humanity) covered with brass (His endurance of the punishment of God for our sins).

V.9-15 The courtyard was surrounded by a linen fence, made of pure white, 5 cubits (about 7½ feet high). It was 100 cubits (about 150 feet) long and 50 cubits (75 feet) wide. A picture of the purity of the life of Christ. The people camped all around the tabernacle, and could see this curtain of white linen. When Jesus was here, the people saw a perfect, sinless Man. The people couldn’t see over this curtain and no one could come near it. Read the end of Numbers 1:51.

V.16 A beautiful gate 20 cubits (30 feet) wide! Plenty of room to enter. The gate had the same colors as the door, and was the same total area, 20 x 5 cubits = 100. The door was 10 x 10 = 100 cubits.

Day 101 - Exodus 28, Verses 1-21

A very important chapter for us all to try to understand. It can be the beginning of a change in your Christian life. This chapter gives great details about the garments that Aaron the High Priest wore when he went into “the holiest of all,” that is, into God’s presence. So why does God take 43 verses to tell us about Aaron’s clothes? Because He wants us to realize what it all means today. Let’s take it one step at a time. Aaron is a picture of Christ as our High Priest now in heaven (Heb. 9:25). His work on the cross here on earth is finished. He is perfect and we have as perfect a standing before God as He has! (Heb. 10:14).

BUT we are weak and need another work for us while we are down here on earth. So let’s turn to Heb. 8:1, 6; 9:11, 24; 10:21-22, and Rom. 5:10. Each tells of a different work He is doing now for us in heaven.

Our feebleness and failures are what shows us His grace in living and praying for us. The High Priest (Christ) goes to God for us, even before we fail! Now let us look at our chapter. These garments (there are 7 mentioned, V.4, 36) were always to be worn when Aaron went into God’s presence (there was one exception). He represented the people when with God in “the holiest.” The 7 garments each represent a picture of what Christ is and is doing for us NOW. He is not complete without us (Eph. 1:23); we are not complete without Him (Col. 2:10).

V.1 Aaron and his sons are closely associated — as Christ is with all believers in Him. Aaron was to be a servant (minister) before God.

V.2 “Glory and beauty,” same words describing Christ in Hebrews 2:7 (glory and honor).

V.4 The garments (1) breastplate. Described in more detail in verses 15-21. When Aaron entered the “Holy Place”, each one of the 12 stones would shine in a different color. He wore it on his breast of love. You and I, individually, are loved each in an individual way by Christ in God’s presence. (2) Ephod, It seems to be a cloth which was bound around the body. (3) Robe, see verse 32. That verse reminds us of the robe which the Lord wore (John 19:23) which can be His indivisible divinity. (4) Coat, like a tunic, to put over the other articles. (5) Miter, to cover the forehead it had a pure gold plate (vvs. 36-38). Though we are often impure in our thoughts and deeds, Christ presents us as perfect and holy before God! Are these things touching your heart? (6) Girdle. Like a belt. It bound up the flowing robes, so it suggests active service (Isa. 11:5).

Count how many times the word “names” or “name” appears. God looks upon each believer in Christ with the same pleasure and favor as He looks upon Christ Himself.

Day 102 - Exodus 28, Verses 22-43

V.22-28 tell us how these pieces were secured to each other! Doesn’t that warm your heart to realize this is your position of love (breastplate) and security (shoulder piece) as Christ now girds Himself (girdle) and securely keeps us (chains and rings) in communion with God our loving Father.

V.30 No description is ever given of the Urim and Thummim. From Numbers 27:21 we learn that they were used to ask God questions. The words imply “light” and “perfections”. In the millennium, Christ Himself shall take their place for Israel.

V.33-35 Pomegranates of cloth alternated with bells of gold. Aaron wore these as a band on the hem of the robe of the ephod.

V.36-39 Described yesterday.

V.40-43 Aaron is a picture of Christ, Aaron’s sons are a picture of all believers individually. We too have garments of “glory and beauty”! Do we live each day as if we had on the “best robe” (Luke 15:22)?

Day 103 - Exodus 29

V.1-8 Though the expression “the priests” included Aaron and his two sons, Nadab and Abihu, it is worthwhile noticing that Aaron’s clothes were more colorful than his sons. Why? Because Aaron is a type of Christ, and his sons a type of the individual believer in Christ.

V.9-28 Aaron and his sons are consecrated to God as priests. Sometimes the description applies to all three, sometimes only to Aaron. Christ shares some of His glories with us (John 17:22) and some are His alone (John 17:5). The word consecrated (v. 9) means “to fill the hand” (v. 24). The priests took parts of the ram into their hands and waved (or offered them up) before God. As priests, you and I do this. We, as it were, lift up Christ to God. This is what worship is. The Father is ever delighted when we realize what Christ has done for Him. So let us “fill the hand” with Christ!

V.29-30 When Aaron died, all his position and garments passed on to the eldest son.

V.30-37 Seven days is a type of our whole Christian life. The Lord Jesus is living in heaven as our High Priest (Read Heb. 7:25-26). We too should be responding to all His love.

V.38-46 These were the offerings to be made to God each day. Would you like a lovely verse which applies to you today (Heb. 13:15)? May it be true of us!

Day 104 - Exodus 30, Verses 1-10

When we finished chapter 27, there were two articles of the tabernacle remaining unmentioned. The golden altar of incense and the brass laver. The previous articles had illustrated how God today can come and meet with us — these remaining articles tell how we can approach God as believers. Chapters 28 and 29 connect the two sections; the priest (Christ) is the go-between (1 Tim. 2:5).

V.1-10 The golden altar of incense was quite small — about 18” x 18” x 36” high. You will remember that the brass altar was much larger. Because the brass altar is a picture of the cross of Christ large enough to save every person in the entire world. But the golden altar is for believers who worship the Lord. Few believers respond! This altar was not for animal sacrifices, but for burning incense (like perfume) (Read 1 Peter 2:3-7). How precious! Take a minute to read Revelation 8:3-4 for some help in understanding a meaning of the golden altar. There it is used by the surviving believers during the tribulation (“D” on your chart), as lifting up, with their prayers, the incense. Notice how high it went! Christ is the sweet incense which we offer to God.

Day 105 - Exodus 30, Verses 11-38

Every man in the camp of Israel had to bring “ransom” money. No difference between rich and poor men. For today — there is one price to be paid for sin — the blood of Christ (1 Pet. 1:18-19).

V.17-21 The laver. For the priests to wash at each time they came to do the work in the tabernacle. Notice the warning, twice given, for neglect. Of course we realize that a believer can’t lose his salvation, but he can lose the privilege of his priestly work if he is careless in his life. We need clean hands (what we do) and clean feet (where we go). Our life today is so busy with “doing things,” that these verses probably are quite a shock to us for they are telling how important worship of God is. In our days, service — sad to say it — is replacing worship in importance. So read Hebrews 8:3-4 to help realize that God is saying something to us.

V.22-38 The special spices to be used in the offerings to God. Note how carefully they are described as to measurement some different — some all equal quantities. All were only for God. No one was ever to put any of these perfumes on themselves. Notice what would happen should they do so. God is jealous that all glory should go to Christ alone. These spices and sweet perfumes are a picture of what Christ is to God. That’s why no human being was to use them.

Day 106 - Exodus 31

V.1-11 Special men and women for the special work of building the tabernacle (see Mark 13:23). When the Lord saves you, you are prepared for the work He has for you to do, if you are willing to obey (See 2 Tim. 2:21). Notice some nice remarks. The Lord says, concerning these workers, “I have called by name, I have filled him with the spirit of God in wisdom ... understanding ... knowledge ... workmanship (Read 1 John 2:20; Eph. 1:8; 2 Tim. 2:21).

V.12-18 The importance of the Sabbath. (Read Ex. 16:23-26, for the first time it is mentioned in Scripture). It means “rest because of a finished work.” Creation tells us this (Genesis 2:3). The consequence of disobeying (v. 14). In Christianity we do not keep the Sabbath for it has come to an end (Read Rom. 10:4). Jesus was dead all day Saturday and was raised from the dead on Sunday morning, the Lord’s Day (John 20:1). The first day of the week is the believer’s day (Read Acts 20:7 to see what the believer is to do on that day). There is a new creation (2 Cor. 5:17).

Day 107 - Exodus 32

In the middle of all this wonderful subject of the building of the tabernacle, suddenly, dreadful trouble enters. When God is working, Satan is sure to stir up opposition.

V.1-6 Had Aaron obeyed what he had been told in Exodus 20:2-5, he wouldn’t have been involved in this affair. From Exodus 11:2 we learn where the people had gotten the jewelry. God purposed that it should be used to build the tabernacle! And when the golden calf is made, they pretend to worship the Lord. And they rose up to play. How awful!

V.7-10 Nothing escapes God’s eye.

V.11-14 Moses graciously intercedes for the sinning people. The Lord accepts Moses’ words.

V.15-18 Moses and Joshua come down from the mountain with the ten commandments written on two stones.

V.19-21 Seeing the people mixing entertainment with their religious idolatry, Moses is angry and smashes the stones, thus saving the life of all the people, for surely God’s holy commandments could never have been brought into the camp. For they were already breaking the first two commandments.

V.22-24 Blaming others and not telling the truth himself.

V.26 Beautiful contrast. These men were willing to separate themselves from the evil. Are we? It was religious evil, remember.

V.32 What love Moses has for the people!

V.34-35 Though the Lord would he gracious, nevertheless punishment must fall.

Day 108 - Exodus 33

V.1-6 When the Lord sees something in our life, which is not pleasing Him, we must strip ourselves of it if we are to be restored, only then comes progress in our soul.

V.7-11 Every man now has to make a personal decision. . . stay in the camp, or if he wanted to please the Lord, go out to a tabernacle (“a tent of meeting”) set up far from the camp. Now turn to Hebrews 13:13 which gives instruction for believers today. As Israel’s camp was defiled by religious evil, so has Christianity become defiled by man-made religious corruption. We are to go out to Christ, bearing His reproach. If you do this you will learn what reproach means.

V.12-16 Is this enough for us, too? Or do we need a man to lead us?

V.17-23 “A place by Me ... upon a rock”. That was the sweetest, most glorious place Moses could ever have! We Christians share that place of nearness to God, our Father, as we “stand” upon Christ our Rock and enjoy all His protection and thoughts of His glories.

Day 109 - Exodus 34

V.1-10 What grace on the Lord’s part. He tells Moses He will write out the ten commandments a second time. But note that in verses 6 and 7 there is mercy and forgiveness which were not mentioned the first time. What humility on Moses’ part! As we read God’s Word and learn how good He is, and how failing we believers are, are we affected as in verse 8? Our thoughts must begin with Him, His love, His power.

V.11 What God would do.

V.12 What they were to do — separate from the religious practices and thoughts of the people of verse 11. In verse 15, the words “one call thee” means “thou be invited.” If others invite us to religious activities which are against the truth of the Word of God, we must refuse. If we do not refuse as parents, look what happens to our children (v. 16).

V.23-24 Every man was to go to God’s center three times a year. If they thus honored the Lord, He promises that they won’t suffer any loss when they are away. If we put the Lord first He will keep us.

V.27 God wants us to learn “the tenor of these words”. Look up Nehemiah 8:8 and 2 Corinthians 3:6. May we gain “the sense” and “spirit” of God’s Word, as well as the words themselves.

V.29 This had not happened the time before. Does the grace of God make us bright Christians? If not, perhaps we need to spend more time alone with Him (v. 28).

V.30-35 You might like to read all of 2 Corinthians 3 to see how God compares today’s chapter 34 with what we Christians now have. The Jewish nation has the veil on its face today.

Day 110 - Exodus 35

V.1-3 Notice the emphasis on the Sabbath the day of rest — not even to kindle a fire — a picture of our eternal rest in Christ’s finished work. We aren’t to try to add anything to His completed work. The fire of judgment fell on Him.

V.4-19 First the “willing” hearts needed to provide the materials (v. 5) then the “wise” hearts to build the pieces of the tabernacle (v. 10). We need to be willing, God provides the wisdom.

V.20-35 Firstly, the people willingly brought the materials with which to build the tabernacle.

V.20-29 When we have learned the forgiveness of our sins and seen a little God’s wonderful grace for us, these verses show the kind of response that comes from the heart.

V.30-35 “to work ... to teach”. Are we willing to be taught by those who have learned from God? (See 2 Tim. 2:1-2).

Day 111 - Exodus 36

V.1-7 What over-flowing generosity. What wisdom, what ability were combined to complete this magnificent work!

V.8 Many men and women (Ex. 35: 25-26). There is work for all, each in his or her place.

V.9-19 When the Lord told Moses about the tabernacle, beginning in chapter 25, the ark of His presence was the first thing spoken of. But when the work is begun, the four coverings of the tabernacle are made first.

V.20-34 What would you think of these workers if they had set up the boards in several groups? In verse 22 “connected one with the other” to form one tabernacle. Yet there are some Christians today who say that it is alright to have many groups of Christians, separated from each other (see John 17:20-21).

V.35-38 Compare Hebrews 10:19-22. The vail (or curtain) is a picture of the flesh of Christ. He died, so God can come out, and believers can go in to His Presence.

Day 112 - Exodus 37

V.1 “Bezaleel” means “in the shadow of God.” The honor and glory were to be God’s, not any man’s and this should be true in any work for the Lord (Eph. 2:10).

V.1-4 The ark was a plain box of wood, covered with pure gold, about 45 inches long, 27 inches wide, 27 inches high. It contained the ten commandments.

V.6 Its cover was a slab of pure gold. It formed the mercy seat where God could meet with Aaron.

V.7-9 The cherubim (like heavenly beings) are a picture of those who carried out God’s punishment against sin (Gen. 3:24). So together, these three suggest to us the ark — the holiness of God. The cherubim — the power of God to punish sin. But the mercy seat where blood was put once a year shows God’s mercy in providing the blood of Christ to come between a holy God and sinful people.

V.10-29 All the following pieces were in the holy place.

Day 113 - Exodus 38

V.1-8 The two pieces which were between the gate of the court and the tabernacle building. All were gold or covered with gold inside the tabernacle, while brass (copper) was used outside in the court. Remember gold is a picture of God’s holiness; brass can be a picture of endurance (Christ’s).

V.9-20 The only gate was on the east side. It was not simply white material as the rest of the court hangings, but a beautiful sight! In John 10:9, we learn Who the “gate” or “door” is, and how lovely He is in the eyes of one who wants to learn divine truth. The east is toward the sun-rising and Malachi 4:2 makes the meaning of this plain to us, too. The tabernacle faced the East. We believers too, face the sunrise, the unbelievers toward the sunset!

Day 114 - Exodus 39

V.1-7 What amazing ability they had to make thread out of gold. Remember that this took place over 3,000 years ago. Man has not “evolved” upward. He is a creature from God, and from the beginning had mental and physical abilities equal to (if not better than) men of today. God gave the ability.

V.8-21 These men could work with these precious gems with ease. Yet today the world’s best lapidaries, people who study stones, do not know what all these twelve stones are.

V.22-26 When Aaron was inside “the Holiest of all” alone with Jehovah, his movements would produce sounds from the bells. Every sound was next to a fruit. In Christ every act was fruitful to God throughout His life. Is the fruit of the Spirit seen in us too (Gal. 5:22-23)?

V.27-31 The words “fine linen” include the meaning of “whiteness.” The pure gold engraved with “Holiness,” set on blue which was on the white “miter” or “turban” on the priest’s head, would surely be a beautiful sight! This is Christ in His deity, spotless humanity, eternal Sonship, the Holy One, our Priest.

V.32-43 Obedience to God’s Word always brings blessing.

Day 115 - Exodus 40

V.1-33 Every individual part now is put into place to form the one whole tabernacle. That makes us think of the “one body” in 1 Corinthians 12:12-31, of which Christ is the Head and all believers are the members of His body.

V.34-35 Christ as Son is the brightness of God’s glory (Heb. 1:3).

V.36-38 How gracious of Him not only to go with His people but to lead them “throughout all their journeys.” Are we as the Lord’s people today together depending upon the Lord as our Guide?

V.34-38 God accepts and blesses all the work. It is complete.

Day 116 - Acts 1

We saw in the book of Exodus that it was “the coming out of Egypt” book so today we start the “coming out” book for the Christian life. As we continue to alternate from the Old to the New Testaments, we hope to show the progress for the believer’s life. It is the bridge (or transition) between Judaism, with all its ceremonies, and rituals, priests, etc., and the complete revelation of Christianity in the Epistles. Those who make much of Acts and neglect heeding Paul’s Epistles become unbalanced on baptism, worship and ecclesiastical order. If you read the closing chapters of Luke and the opening chapters of Acts, you will see a close link. The disciples in the first of Acts were still without the indwelling Holy Spirit. This book takes us from Judaism to Christianity.

V.1-14 The Apostles were still hoping that the Lord was about to restore the kingdom to Israel. But the Lord had told them that it was not for them to know the time (v. 7). Matthew 24:36 is plain. He ascended to heaven. This was necessary (John 16:7), otherwise the Holy Spirit would not come down. So they waited.

V.15-26 The apostles no doubt read Psalm 109:8 and the surrounding verses. So they chose two men, and then possibly put the names in a box, took out one paper, and read which name was on it, taking this as the man God wanted. After the Holy Spirit came down on the day of Pentecost, we never read of any occasion when this method was used again. Remember that the Holy Spirit is just as much an individual Person as the Lord Jesus.

Day 117 - Acts 2

V.1-13 The word “Pentecost” means “fiftieth”, It was on the fiftieth day after the death of the Lord, that the Holy Spirit came down to earth. Seven weeks (7 Sabbaths, Saturdays) plus one day, bringing it to Sunday, the Lord’s day. This is Christianity’s day — the first day of the week. Christ is the end of the law (Gal. 2:16-21). By the coming to earth of the Holy Spirit (Who is a distinct Person), a very great change takes place. No longer is the Tabernacle or the Temple to be where God dwells. The Holy Spirit lives now in the body of every believer (1 Cor. 3:16; 2 Cor. 6:16). Also 2 Cor. 5:17 everything has changed.

V.3 “Cloven” means parted, implying the many languages spoken. Speaking in tongues means the sober, clear talking in another language which those who heard that tongue could understand. These were uneducated fishermen from Galilee. They demonstrated the power of God. Hebrews 2:3-4 clearly tell us that these signs and wonders were at the beginning of the preaching of the Gospel of the grace of God. “Of fire” would tell us the punishment ahead which the rejecters of Christ shall receive (John 16:7-11).

V.5-13 Many people of different races and languages (tongues) who were at Jerusalem heard the Apostles miraculously speak in these foreign languages the “wonderful works of God.” The gospel could thus reach out quickly to many languages and nations. The Church of God on earth was formed this day. It is the church’s birthday (1 Cor. 12:12-13). All believers in Christ were formed into “one body.” God desires we would show that oneness today.

V.14-40 Peter preaches that Jesus of Nazareth was now both Lord and Christ (v. 36). He boldly confronts a great crowd, 3,000 at least (v. 41), and simply spoke the facts; Christ’s death and resurrection and ascension to glory, constantly using the Old Testament Scriptures.

V.41-47 What a change took place in the life of these 3,000 souls. Notice 17 things about these believers. Can you find them all? These are the joys and privileges you may have today.

Day 118 - Acts 3

V.1-11 Peter and John had not yet learned that God was drawing them away from the temple. Full truth had not yet been revealed. The Jews were used to praying three times a day (1) at the 3rd hour, 9 a.m., (Acts 2:15); (2) at the 6th hour, noon, (Acts 10:9); (3) here the 9th hour, 3 p.m.

V.12-26 Peter makes one more appeal to the Jewish nation. He charges them with having killed the Prince of life, but at the same time shows that this fulfilled the Scriptures.

V.19-21 Even at this time if they would repent, Christ would come back, their sins as a nation would be forgiven, and the kingdom would be set up, according to all the Old Testament prophets. This offer was made even after the church was formed, showing how merciful God is.

Day 119 - Acts 4

V.1-12 The religious leaders hated the name of Jesus, and did all in their power to stop the preaching of the death and resurrection of Christ. Notice what they did to innocent men. In their religious activity, they show themselves to be the enemies of God, because they are acting according to their own will. Think this over carefully. When Jesus was here on earth, they rejected Him in His humiliation, now they reject Him in His glory in heaven.

V.11 The builders were the religious leaders. What a contrast to the builders of the tabernacle in Exodus 37. Israel had refused their Messiah, and the kingdom was therefore deferred. But heavenly citizens are instead being gathered into a new, eternal, and heavenly body of people, called the church. God has become a Father to each one who believes. From here on we are going to read of the growth of the church, the assembly, is the proper word, and also of the violent opposition Satan raised up against it. Had the disciples not been opposed by the leaders of the Jews, they would not have had the opportunity to preach the gospel in their council meeting.

V.13-22 They could not deny the miracles (v. 16), but they rejected the Word from God. They command them to stop preaching in the name of Jesus. Peter and John give a powerful answer.

V.23-30 Here we notice that the assembly was becoming seen as one group.

V.31-37 What a demonstration of the power of God. Great power and great grace, in one verse!

Day 120 - Acts 5

V.1-11 This man and his wife try to deceive the others by pretending they had brought all the money. But in doing so, they bring out the power and presence of the Holy Spirit in the assembly. God does not overlook pretending. They were really lying to the Holy Ghost by their action.

V.12-16 There was so much power in the assembly that those in whom there was no reality feared to associate with them. The Lord was the Center of this newly-formed company of believers, and many more were added to them.

V.17-32 Envy and frustration fill the rulers; they imprison the Apostles. The miraculous delivery. They do not stop preaching. They are filled with Christ. Peter makes a clear and powerful statement.

V.33-40 Murder rises in their heart! John 8:44 is worth turning to. God interferes, and delivers the Apostles. But not without their being beaten. Notice the name of the Person which most bothers them!

V.41-42 But that Name has the opposite effect on the faithful Apostles. They rejoiced — they suffered. Their main theme? “Jesus Christ.”

Day 121 - Acts 6

V.1-7 When a person accepts Christ as Savior, he receives a new nature. He still has the old one which does not ever improve, but it only works when we let it. Don’t forget this. Having a bad temper isn’t a hindrance to me, but letting it work, is. Here we see the old nature complaining that the Greek-speaking Jewish widows were being neglected when food and things were distributed among the believers. The Apostles chose seven Greek Jews (nice thoughtfulness), men of good reputation and full of the Holy Ghost to look after this work.

V.4 Tells us what took priority in the Apostles’ thoughts. It wasn’t because they couldn’t be bothered with the widows.

V.8-15 Stephen was one of these. The Lord is over all things to the church (Eph. 1:22) and has additional work for Stephen. The 8th verse is the result of what it says of Stephen in the 5th verse. More about him shortly.

Day 122 - Acts 7

One of the most remarkable summaries of Israel’s history in the Bible. And what a sinful history it was! Joseph, Moses and David, the first time they presented themselves they were rejected by the Jew, but the second time, they were received. It was so when the Lord Jesus came. Stephen shows that it was but a rebelling, disobedient spirit which had always been seen. And when God sent His beloved Son, the same resistance continued.

V.43-53 From this resistance they went on to idolatry. They were guilty of four offenses. (1) The fathers (Old Testament men) had not kept the law. (2) They had persecuted and slain the prophets. (3) They had betrayed and murdered the Just One the Lord Jesus and (4) had resisted the Holy Ghost. So we see man’s guilt and ruin in the most favored and privileged nation in the world.

V.54-60 This speech brought out the full fury against Stephen. They drag him out of the city (see Lev. 24:11-16). They murder him. Like the Lord on the cross, Stephen prays for his murderers. Notice who was a witness to all this! No doubt it made a lasting impression on him, but he hated the name of Jesus.

Day 123 - Acts 8

V.1-3 Quite a change takes place. The church (assembly), mainly made up of Jewish believers, now starts to spread out to the Gentiles. But persecution spreads too. No difficulties can stand when God is there, and we believers cannot stand before our enemies when He is not there. Up until Stephen’s martyrdom, Jerusalem had been the one center (Deut. 12:13-14). Now Israel had rejected the Holy Ghost by the murder of Stephen, so the message of the gospel of God’s love and grace went out to all nations.

V.5-25 God uses another one of the men chosen to serve at the tables in chapter 6.

V.9-25 Simon “believed,” but we see later that it was only with his head, for he proves himself to be in a lost condition. It must be with the heart (Rom. 10:10). The miracles had affected him. People often say that if they saw, they would believe. This is just what Simon did, but it was not real.

V.26-40 Another example of the change. The man from Ethiopia receives Christ and goes on his way rejoicing, even though he lost Philip. When we are enjoying Christ, we are not dependent on outside contacts.

Day 124 - Acts 9

V.1-22 The conversion of Saul (Paul). The Lord Jesus in heaven told Saul that the people he was persecuting were part of Himself! The Lord Jesus was never seen by Saul on earth. But now He is revealed to him from the heavenly glory. Notice in the 20th and 22nd verses the subject of his preaching.

V.23-25 Would the conversion of Paul have a good effect on the other Jews, for he was a very active member of the sect? They try to kill him!

Circumstances don’t convince unsaved persons — only Christ, by the Holy Spirit.

V.26-31 Some years have gone by when this takes place (Gal. 1:15-19). The believers walked in the fear of the Lord. What a contrast with the unsaved person (Rom. 3:18). They do not know “the Lord.”

V.32-43 Peter’s preaching continues. He cures Aeneas through the use of a name, not his own. Even though he did not use that name in the raising from the dead of Tabitha (Dorcas), notice to whom the people turned (v. 42).

Day 125 - Acts 10, Verses 1-18

Peter, not Paul is the means of opening the door of the kingdom to the Gentiles. In this way the unity of the assembly and of the work of all the Apostles is maintained. Peter has to learn that God is breaking down the wall between Jew and Gentile. Cornelius has to learn that he needed to be saved.

V.1-8 Here is a very devoted man. But, though so God-fearing, so kind, so generous, he needed to be saved (11:14). Many people today are fine-living people, but they do not want Christ.

V.9-18 Peter, a good living Jew, was proud of law-keeping, not realizing that God was now reaching out in blessing to the Gentiles too. As a Jew, he would not eat any unclean animal. God had given very explicit instruction about this in Leviticus 11 and Deuteronomy 14. And he thought Gentiles were unclean too. We too can cling to traditions which are not according to the Scriptures.

Day 126 - Acts 10, Verses 19-48

V.19-33 One man had been a Jew, the other a Gentile, brought together by the Spirit of God.

V.33 If each reader would be willing to listen and to obey God, what a unified and happy people we believers would be.

V.34-43 Peter gives a clear statement, showing Cornelius how he could be saved. And both were rewarded!

V.44-48 God, Who had directed all this wonderful work, now sends the Holy Ghost on all there. For the first time the Holy Ghost comes upon Gentiles. Ephesians 2:13-16 was commencing to take place.

Day 127 - Acts 11

V.1-18 Peter is blamed at Jerusalem for associating and eating with Gentiles. They had not yet learned what Peter had. He rehearses God’s acts in the whole incident. They could not resist his testimony. The believing Gentiles have been brought in, and made one with the believing Jews! Wonderful fact! The truth of the one body is received.

V.19-26 The gospel goes far and wide now. The Gentiles receive the Lord Jesus as their Savior. The light of Christ is now starting to light up the civilized world. In very little time, Paul takes it through the Roman Empire, and assemblies are established over a vast area.

V.27-30 Now the everyday problems are real, and Christianity has great care for the needs of other believers.

Day 128 - Acts 12

V.1-19 God had allowed a great famine throughout the world at that time (11:28), but this catastrophe did not prevent the king from being occupied with destroying the Lord’s poor servants. Stephen and James are killed one by the mob, the other by King Herod, and now Peter is imprisoned, to be put to death shortly. What sorrows! What testing of their faith! But all these turned them to prayer! Peter, instead of making the story known everywhere, is sent to Caesarea for some time.

V.20-23 But, in contrast, God sends an angel to this wicked king with a different mission. What a dreadful death.

V.24 What fruit from the seeds of death, sorrows, testing and prayers! These verses are showing us that when believers pass through troubles, that is when there is blessing. The Word of God grew because it is living!

Day 129 - Acts 13

V.1-3 The assembly at Antioch, sends out Barnabas and Saul (Paul), without consulting Jerusalem. This because the Holy Spirit, and not the Apostles, is in charge. The assembly of believers is gathered to the name of the Lord Jesus, and He directs all by the Holy Spirit. The disciples lay their hands on these two men, showing that they had their fellowship.

V.4-12 The Holy Spirit was with them, thus stirring up Satan’s opposition. Satan tried to turn away the official from the faith. One man is blinded for his wickedness; the other believes, receives light (spiritual) and is astonished at the doctrine (teaching) of the Lord.

V.13 John Mark leaves the missionary group and returns to Jerusalem. A loss to himself, and the cause of serious trouble later.

V.14-51 The long missionary journey, resulting in Jews and Gentiles being saved.

V.16-41 Paul gives a review of Israel’s history as Stephen had done (in the 7th chapter). Stephen goes deeper into the guilt of Israel in rejecting prophet after prophet. Here Paul holds out individual salvation to anyone who would believe (vvs. 38-39).

V.42 & 45-51 An amazing prophecy in Isaiah 49:6, written over 500 years before, begins to be fulfilled! Do we Gentiles thank God for turning His grace toward us?

Day 130 - Acts 14

V.1 Many Jews and Gentiles believed. (1) Much power, many believers. (2) Many believers, much opposition. (3) Much time, much growth. (4) Much Satanic, work much division (Matt. 10:34-39). (5) Much stirring up, much violence. (6) They departed when they saw the refusal to accept the truth. But this only caused the Word of God to be preached in other places. Lystra seems to have been the birthplace of Timothy (16:1). Derbe was the home of Gaius (20:4).

V.8-18 Paul had the power of the Holy Spirit to discern what was in the poor cripple’s soul, that he had faith to be healed. What a wonderful result to the man.

V.11-18 But there was no discernment in the unbelievers. They claimed that the gods had visited them in the likeness of men. The crowd is caught up in the wild excitement. But with no heart for Christ.

V.19 The crowd sides with the unbelieving Jews who stone Paul to death — as they supposed.

V.20-25 No difficulties can stand when God is there; and we cannot stand before our enemies when He is not there.

V.26-28 The journey which had begun with prayer (13:3), ends with praise.

Day 131 - Acts 15

More serious trouble — not stonings and persecutions by outsiders, but bad teaching by leaders, professing to be believers. How serious this danger is! Today error is preached openly, and many believers seem to have no concern, and keep on in these associations. These teachers were insisting that unless the people at Antioch were circumcised, they couldn’t be saved! What would you have done had you been there? Would you say “Oh well, they should know what they are talking about, after all, we are not supposed to judge?” That is about what you are saying if you continue in association with those who allow things which the Scripture condemns.

V.2 Paul and Barnabas immediately protest, and a controversy follows. But the Spirit of God tells us in detail what they did to avoid it. There is no such a thing in the Scriptures as a voluntary association. The Spirit of God gathers us, we do not gather. Read Matt. 18:20 carefully, noticing “are gathered together” particularly. He decides whether He is in the midst, or not. We cannot decide.

V.2-5 It is decided that some should be sent to Jerusalem to inquire there as to this teaching.

V.5 Notice the change in what these bad teachers were saying they hide their teaching by softer suggestions than what they had insisted on at Antioch.

V.6-22 Finally, the whole assembly, in the presence of the Lord Jesus, makes its decision.

V.23-25 The result was that all at Antioch received the decision with joy. There is always joy, peace and unity when we listen to the Lord.

V.36-41 Though a sad contention developed between Paul and Barnabas, it is worthwhile noticing that later Paul speaks of Barnabas (1 Cor. 9:6) and John Mark in Col. 4:10 and 2 Tim. 4:11. But the assembly puts its commendation on Paul, and we hear nothing further of the work of Barnabas.

Day 132 - Acts 16

V.1-3 Paul meets Timothy again. Timothy was brought to the Lord by Paul (1 Tim. 1:2) probably on his first trip to Lystra the year before. Notice what is said of Timothy. He had grown fast in his soul. Timothy was the son of a mixed marriage between Jewish mother, and Gentile father, and therefore according to the Jewish law (Ezra 10) was considered unclean. So Timothy is circumcised to satisfy the Jews.

V.4-13 Paul was being carefully directed by the Spirit of God.

V.14-15 Sweet simplicity here. Her heart was opened and she believed.

V.16-22 Satan, not succeeding by subtlety, now uses violence, and stirs up the authorities, and the crowd against Paul and Silas.

V.25-40 Badly beaten, with feet fastened in stocks, notice what they do in the prison. Power shows when God’s people pray and praise.

V.30 The question which men and women, boys and girls still ask when in earnest.

V.31 The glorious answer rings out clearly, simply and plainly.

V.32 They spoke of the Lord, not of themselves.

V.33-34 The result! First he trembles, then cries out, then hears, believes, learns the word of the Lord, takes the prisoners home, washes their stripes, is baptized, sets food before Paul and Silas, rejoices, believing with all his house! What grace of God to a poor sinner!

Day 133 - Acts 17

V.1-9 From Philippi to Amphipolis 33 miles; then to Apollonia another 30 miles, to Thessalonica another 37. 100 miles no cars, trains, buses or planes. They preach Christ over all those miles. If you have the time, read the two letters to the Thessalonians you will understand better what Paul was preaching on those journeys.

V.2 He based all his talks on the Old Testament Scriptures — none other existed then.

V.10 Note the concern these brethren had for Paul.

V.11 No one ever searched the scriptures with a pure heart who wasn’t richly rewarded.

V.16-34 Athens was renowned throughout the world for its philosophers, writers, poets, painters and architects but Paul, by his word and pen, has left a deeper mark on mankind than any other man. The great servant of Christ and the great stronghold of old heathendom are brought face to face. As he went through the city he saw the monuments and buildings to the pride of man, and to the complete dishonor of God, “wholly given to idolatry” (v. 16). Immediately there is a clash between the superstition of philosophy with its earthly beauty and worldly wisdom — and the simple faith of the gospel.

V.18 These were the two main contending schools of thought. To the Epicureans, pleasure was the highest good — the Stoicks, accepted everything as it was, joy or grief. Neither could give peace.

V.23-24 Possibly this statement “God that made the world, heaven and earth,” condemned the Stoicks who claimed that the world was God.

V.25-31 Paul thoroughly condemned their imaginations by pointing to a living God Who shall judge the world in righteousness. The proof was in the resurrection of the Lord Jesus.

V.32-34 Only two are mentioned who believed from all this collection of the greatest wisdom of the world. So long as Paul spoke ideas they would listen, but when he spoke of a living God, they would hear no more. Now read 1 Corinthians 1:21-22.

Day 134 - Acts 18

V.1-17 Though we never read of an assembly of believers being formed at Athens, we learn that many in Corinth received the Lord Jesus (v. 10). So we have the instructive two letters (Epistles) to the Corinthians. Athens, the city of the intellect. Corinth the city of luxury and immorality. Which would turn to the Lord? Paul stays at Athens a few days at Corinth 18 months.

V.18-23 Paul’s tireless activity, preaching the unsearchable riches of Christ. He didn’t miss any believers, “all” (v. 23).

V.21 Three important words “if God will.” Do we say this?

V.24-28 Though Apollos was a very intelligent and educated man, and a believer, he did not know the whole gospel story. He was willing to receive instruction from tent-makers, Acquila and Priscilla. 1 Corinthians 1:25-29 gives us the reason.

Day 135 - Acts 19, Verses 1-20

V.1-7 Paul finds more people like Apollos who had not received much Christian teaching and knew only that they were John the Baptist’s disciples. John had been dead many years. They are again baptized, and then they receive the Holy Ghost.

V.8-10 A big change in church history takes place now. Previously, the believers were in the synagogues, but hereafter Paul leads them to an outside position.

V.11-12 God confirms this by special miracles done by Paul. We never hear Paul preaching in the temple or synagogues after this.

V.13-20 Some Jews attempt to cast out evil spirits by the name of Jesus; but Satan knows the difference, and they are overcome and wounded.

V.17-20 Fear of God produces great results. Books of divination (fortune-telling) are burned, but THE BOOK grows.

Day 136 - Acts 19, Verses 21-41

V.21-29 Demetrius’s remarks are instructive to us, for we see the very same situation today. His trade — making silver images of the heathen goddess Diana — is a great money-maker.

V.25 He calls the tradesmen together and presents his reasons for getting rid of the gospel preachers. Notice that his own religious beliefs have no bearing on the case. First, he appeals to their pocketbook. This has great force. Secondly, he mentions that Paul has caused a lot of people to fall away from their heathen worship.

V.27 Thirdly, their trade was shrinking in consequence. Fourthly not the goddess, but the building would be despised. Fifthly Diana’s magnificence would be destroyed. Obviously, they had never thought of Diana being able to defend herself.

V.28 These arguments succeed, for they appeal to their mind and their greed. What a contrast with Christ and Christianity! We follow a glorified Man, well able to lead, and protect and completely satisfy us.

V.29-34 Utter confusion, with violence following.

V.35-41 The town clerk tries to calm the populace by telling them that everything would be well with their Diana. Diana is long since gone and forgotten, but Christ lives!

Day 137 - Acts 20

V.1-12 Paul crosses the water into Macedonia — present day Greece.

V.7 The disciples gathered each first day of the week to break bread — to remember the Lord in His death. Paul preaches till midnight, a young man falls asleep and falls to the ground from the third story. Now let’s think of this story as representing the teachings of Paul to the church over the centuries. As the centuries went by, Christians got tired of Paul’s preachings that we are one body; that we are heavenly (not earthly) citizens, that the Lord is coming to take us out of this world, and many more things. So the church fell asleep, and fell from its separated position — 3 stories above the world or street level — and it looked as if it were dead. But toward the end of the 19th century, the truth of Paul’s teachings were revived. Paul goes to the young man and he comes back to life. He wasn’t dead, he only looked dead. Paul starts to speak again. The truth of Paul’s teachings become very precious to many believers once more. He continued till break of day. The Lord’s coming will be the break of day for us. The truth of the teachings revealed to Paul, will go on until the Lord comes!

V.17-38 Paul calls the elder brethren from Ephesus to meet him and delivers one of his most serious warnings. A message which everyone should read carefully. Paul warns them of evil religious evil coming in from two sources from outside and from within.

V.27 The importance of all Paul’s teachings. Many believers today quite refuse the whole truth of Paul’s teachings.

V.29 Attacks from unbelievers — that of the world, such as we are seeing very much today.

V.30 Attacks from believers — those who refuse Paul’s separating teachings. We trust and pray, you are not one of these.

V.31 The degree of Paul’s earnestness.

Day 138 - Acts 21

V.1-17 Paul is warned by the Lord’s disciples not to go to Jerusalem. We need to remember that it was not because he wanted to disobey the Lord, but because he loved his own people, the Jews, and he longed that they would be saved. He arrives in Jerusalem.

V.18-40 He isn’t there long before the Jews stir up trouble against him. Things quickly go from bad to worse, and unless he had been rescued, he would have been killed.

V.35-40 On the stairs of the castle, Paul stops, and asks if he may address the crowd below. And so he starts to speak.

Day 139 - Acts 22

Paul seems to have had such a commanding presence that the great crowd fell silent. He spoke a language they loved — the Hebrew.

V.1-5 He reviews his life again. In chapter 9 we read of the actual happenings. Here, and in chapter 26, he recounts it again, skillfully adapting the details to the audience before him. He tells of his Jewish birth, education at the feet of Gamaliel (a renowned Jewish teacher of the law), his zeal for God — before he was saved, and when he was persecuting the believers. He conceded that his hearers possessed this same zeal. He reminds them he himself had persecuted “this way” even unto killing.

V.6-11 He recites the miracle which then transpired, how he heard the voice of Jesus from heaven speaking to him.

V.8 The Lord Jesus, even as a glorified Man in heaven, still takes this same lowly title (See John 19:19).

V.12-21 They listened in silence to all this, until the last sentence. And at this they let loose the cry of verse 22.

V.24-30 Paul is brought inside. Because he was born in a city which had the privileges similar to Rome itself, he was considered a Roman citizen. Therefore, they were very careful how they treated Paul.

Day 140 - Acts 23

V.1 Many years before Paul had been a member of that council, and when Christians were tried for life or death, had given his vote against them (26:10). Now he was himself the accused at the bar of these self-righteous judges.

The Jews were trying to convince Lysius, the Roman officer, that he was a revolutionary or a disturber of the peace. He frankly confesses he had sinned greatly in his former life (see 26:9-10).

V.2-5 We must contrast Paul’s unguarded remarks here, with the sublime perfection of our blessed Lord’s divine meekness when He answered this same council in John 18:33. Paul was acting in the flesh — which we all have.

V.11 With Pharisees and Sadducees clamoring for his life, without the comfort of having believers close to him, even the brave heart of the powerful Apostle might have sagged. Who came and stood beside him? What did the Visitor say? Is He close to us? Yes He is! Our night too is soon to change to everlasting day. He was fulfilling what God had appointed him to do at the time he had been saved (Read Acts 9:15).

V.12-35 Over 40 people banded together and agreed that they would not eat or drink until they had killed Paul! Read Isaiah 1:21 to see that the hearts of men had not changed toward God.

V.14-24 God had His boy at the right place to hear of this wicked plot. He was Paul’s nephew. Paul sends him to Lysius, the chief captain.

V.25-30 A clever, deceptive letter, highlighting his actions as if they were all taken to protect a Roman citizen.

V.34-35 Felix the governor reads the letter, and decides to hear the case when the accusers arrive.

Day 141 - Acts 24

V.1-8 Possibly the language barrier caused the high priest to bring an orator with them to Caesarea to accuse Paul of flattery and falsehood.

V.10-21 Quite a contrast. Paul declares his complete belief in all the Scriptures of the Old Testament.

V.24-26 This man heard the glorious gospel concerning the Lord Jesus Christ. But money was of more interest to him, though his conscience was bothered. So far as we know, he never had a “convenient season.”

Day 142 - Acts 25, Verses 1-12

V.1-5 The Spirit of God knew their secrets, and tells them to us!

V.6-8 Again the religious leaders travel about 50 miles to try to have him condemned.

V.9-12 Festus is more anxious to please the Jews. Paul knowing that Festus had no right to give him up to those who hated him, appeals to the Roman emperor Caesar. They prove nothing.

Day 143 - Acts 25, Verses 13-27

V.13-27 A higher authority, King Agrippa and his wife, come to Caesarea. To them governor Festus relates Paul’s case. The king decided he would like to see Paul himself. (Read Acts 9:15). This verse is fulfilled! When we read verse 11 of our chapter, we might have wondered if Paul wasn’t going too far in appealing to Caesar in Rome, but just think of these results: Paul preached (1) to the people at Jerusalem (22:1-6); (2) to the Jewish leaders (23:1-6); (3) to Felix and the Roman soldiers (24:10-21); (4) to Felix and Drusilla privately (24:24-25); (5) to many others who had free access to visit Paul (24:23) (6) to Festus (25:10); (7) to Festus, Agrippa and Bernice and the officers and the court there (25:23); (8) to the sailors and passengers on the voyage to Rome (ch. 27); (9) to the chief and people of Malta, Melita (28:7-10); (10) and lastly, the climax of all, to the capital of the world (28:16-31).

Day 144 - Acts 26, Verses 1-18

V.2-23 How truthfully Paul replies! No flattery, nor exaggeration, nor fear of man colors his answers to king Agrippa.

V.4-5 He again mentions his earlier life; his enemies knew it well.

V.6-7 Paul knew that the Messiah (Jesus) had come. The 12 tribes were still waiting! And still are!

V.9 A warning! Unless we follow the Word of God, we can only follow our own conscience. We might be very sincere but wrong as Paul had been.

V.10 Stephen was not the only one who paid with his life for his faith in Christ.

V.14-18 The words of the Lord Jesus from heaven.

Day 145 - Acts 26, Verses 19-32

V.19 Paul was obedient.

V.22-23 This shows that the Old Testament does not contradict the New. (See Luke 2:32; Isa. 49:6; 42:6).

V.24 The unsaved do not understand truth when they hear it.

V.25-29 Paul speaks to both governor Festus and King Agrippa. The king was a Jew and therefore believed the Old Testament.

V.29 What a gracious, humble and pure answer Paul gives. He wouldn’t wish them to have his chains, but he desired that they might have eternal life.

Day 146 - Acts 27, Verses 1-26

V.1 A centurion was a man in charge of 100 men. This Roman official, Julius, is returning to Rome, and so Paul and other prisoners are put in his charge. Augustus Caesar was the Roman Dictator. Paul took the gospel right to his palace.

V.2 The journey by sea towards Rome begins.

V.3 Julius permits Paul to visit other Christians.

V.10-11 The centurion seems to be giving orders and deciding matters over the captain and owner of the ship. He does not follow Paul’s advice — really God’s.

V.13-20 The Lord is the Lord of the weather. A great storm develops, and all hope of survival is given up.

V.21-26 Paul is a different man from Jonah — he is in communion with God. He assures them of God’s promise that not one person would lose his life.

Day 147 - Acts 27, Verses 27-41

V.27-32 The gale continues. Paul, the prisoner becomes Paul the preserver. He only spoke ten words, but they were obeyed.

V.33-38 Two hundred and seventy-six tired men without any natural hope. But Paul stands up to give them courage to hold on. He urges them to eat, having given thanks to God, and shows them an example.

V.39-44 They steer the ship toward an inlet, and run aground. Immediately the back end is smashed by the storm. The cruel soldiers suggest killing the prisoners. We may not be in a shipwreck, but we may encounter stormy days in our life. May we learn from Paul.

Day 148 - Acts 28

V.1-6 This island is known today as Malta. Paul is bitten by a poisonous snake, but the people of the island didn’t know the power of God in Paul. From supposing Paul to be some wicked man, they turn to supposing him to be a god.

V.7-15 Italy at last! A long walk before them, but the Lord had His own people waiting to greet Paul.

V.16-24 Paul witnesses about Jesus. Some believed, some did not.

V.25-31 A very important statement here. God’s salvation now goes out to the world! (Read Rom. 11:11). How sweet the last four words. So will it be in the life of each one who walks with God in quiet repose, not in ourselves, or in our work, but in the Lord.

Day 149 - Leviticus 1, Verses 1-9

Let’s review, so as to get the broad view of our steps from book to book. Old then New Testament and back again.

Genesis: The beginnings, the origins, the seed in the garden.

Romans: The foundation truth of Christianity. How God can receive sinners and yet remain holy and true.

Exodus: The going out. Redemption by the blood of a lamb. Deliverance by the water of the Red Sea from the power of Egypt.

Acts: The going out. The believers were separated by the blood of Christ from the world. The power of Satan against us has been destroyed — unless the Lord allows it.

Leviticus: In the wilderness, God told Moses to build Him a Tabernacle where God could be worshipped. He gives instruction about sacrifices, offerings, feasts and in general, the worship of God by the priests. Worship of God is the first purpose of our being saved. The first eight chapters tell us of different sacrifices of animals. Each offering is an individual picture of the work of Christ on the cross — except the meal offering.

Chapter 1 The burnt offering. It is a picture of the cross of Christ, as seen by God. It is not of Christ dying for our sins. He gave Himself completely to God as a sacrifice (John 13:31-32). This animal was completely burnt (except the skin, 7:3). It is called a “sweet-smelling savor offering.” The death of Christ for God was the delight of God the Father (Phil. 2:9-10).

V.3, 10, 14 Three different kinds of animals or birds could be offered, depending on the wealth of the person who wanted to bring the offering. He wasn’t forced to bring it. In Old Testament days amongst the Israelites, the more faithful a man was, the more wealthy he became. The more faithful and obedient a believer is to God’s Word, the more he understands it. We cannot understand the scriptures by our intelligence (1 Cor. 1:21). Only through the conscience and the heart (Rom. 10:10; 2 Cor. 4:6).

V.1 Nothing was left for the priest to decide. It was a case of obeying. Every believer today is a priest (1 Peter 2:5). So this book is instruction, physically for them, spiritually for us. May we desire to learn the meanings.

V.3-9 The first section tells us of a person who brought a large animal for a burnt offering. An illustration of a believer today who well understands that Christ came to die for God first and foremost. He realizes that God now finds all His delight in this Man — Jesus. He may be an older believer who has grown into this knowledge. This is one view of Christ’s death. Really, it is God’s view. Not as the sin-bearer here, but dying for the glory of God. There are rich rewards for you if you come to realize what the burnt offering means.

V.4 God accepts this offering and transfers His acceptance from the animal to the person who offers it. What it means to us is Christ has been accepted as the Man into heaven. We are accepted in Him (Eph. 1:6).

Day 150 - Leviticus 1, Verses 10-17

V.10-13 A picture of one who may understand a little less of Christ, as the burnt offering. Notice a nice point — the same words are said about this offering as the first. Compare verse 9 with verse 13. What matters is how much we are enjoying Christ’s sacrifice of Himself to God, not how much we understand it. God is equally pleased with the three offerings.

V.14-17 A person who may have recently come to know the Lord as Savior, understanding very little of the deep meanings of what Christ is to God; nevertheless happy to know even a little of this meaning. Notice again that God is delighted even when we understand only a little of this grand truth. Same as verses 9 and 13.

Day 151 - Leviticus 2: The Daily Frequency of One Who Praised the Lord's Judgments

V.1-3 The meat or “meal” offering is quite different. It was a food-offering usually fine flour. In order for Christ to be a perfect sacrifice for God, He had to live a perfect, sinless life. The fine flour is a picture of the even, pure life of our blessed Lord. The priest would take a handful of the flour, pour oil and frankincense on it, and then burn it on the altar. The oil is a picture of the Holy Spirit. The frankincense, a picture of the graces, the loveliness, of Christ. The Lord Jesus “offered Himself without spot — the margin of the Bible gives “fault” — to God” (Heb. 9:14).

V.4-10 A number of kinds of food (wafers) offerings baked in different ways. Each one can be a different view of the Lord’s life while here on earth. The oven can be a picture of the intense sufferings which He endured out of sight (in the oven).

V.5 In a pan. Open for all to see. Anyone who cared to look could have seen the blessed Lord Jesus going about the country, enduring all the hardships, insults, sorrows among His people.

V.6 No matter how carefully we looked into the life of Jesus we could never find a flaw (fault). This cake was broken into small pieces.

V.7 In the frying pan (cauldron, or boiling vessel). See Hebrews 12:3. As another king of suffering He was considered by man to be a sinner — like any other person (John 9:24-25).

V.11 A good thing to get clear. No offering here mentioned could have any leaven in it. Leaven is usually a picture of evil (sin). Honey is a picture of the natural nice qualities of people, or things. People sometimes say that if they act sweetly or kindly toward others that this is making an offering to God. Here we learn that no honey was to be included. The nice things of life cannot be offered to God as a sacrifice.

V.12-16 Firstfruits were the first fruits of the season which were picked. Christ is the Firstfruits of the new creation. Adam was of the first creation (1 Cor. 15:23). We offer Christ to God, and God the Father is well pleased when we do. That is what worship is.

Day 152 - Leviticus 3

The peace offering. The third and last of the voluntary offerings. It is a picture of the joy that Christ had in going to the cross for God’s glory (John 17:4). And the joy all believers can share with one another and with God of the perfect finished work of Christ on the cross. The joy of the prodigal son is an example of the peace offering. The people didn’t have to bring these. But they pleased God in doing so. All three are called “sweet-smelling savor” offerings. Sweet to God because they made Him think of His beloved Son Who would come to earth over a thousand years later. The peace offering was different, in that only part of it was to be burnt on the altar. It could be called the “communion offering,” because many people shared in the eating of it. God had His part — the fat, a picture of the inward excellency of Christ (v. 16). We’ll learn more from chapter 7. We find three groups, verses 1-5; 6-11 and 12-17. Three different animals for sacrifice, representing different classes of believers today who rejoice in varying degrees of communion with other believers and with God, in the glorious results of Christ’s death on the cross. Some believers rejoice greatly you can see it on their faces they are like the first group. Some believers understand it less. They are like the second group. And so less still in the third group. Many people think that Christ died only for our sins. Chapters 1, 2 and 3 have shown that God was honored and glorified and pleased with the death of His beloved son.

Day 153 - Leviticus 4

The sin offering. It is quite similar to the trespass offering which follows. They are a picture of the side of Christ’s death which is most easily understood by people — His death for sinners. The sin offering meets our need (1 Pet. 2:24; 2 Cor. 5:21). God cannot just forgive sins. They must be paid for. When we accept the Lord Jesus as our own Savior, we receive forgiveness of sins, but He paid the penalty death for us (Eph. 1:7). Do you understand the difference between the first three chapters and this one? In their sequence in time, the sin and trespass offerings come first because we need to be saved first, but God’s side (first three offerings) come first in importance from God’s view. God must be honored first.

V.2 Notice the difference too, in that this offering must be made. Notice that these were sins of ignorance. There were no sacrifices for deliberate sins. A serious thought (Heb. 10:26). A person who calls himself a Christian had better take another look if he deliberately goes on in sin without having a conscience. He (or she) would have no assurance that he (or she) was a believer at all. Once again the chapter is divided into sections.

V.3-12 It was a serious offense if the high priest sinned. In this case, and the next, the whole congregation, if the blood of the sacrifice was not taken into the holy place and put on the altar of sweet incense, the communion with God of the whole congregation would be stopped. The closer a person walks with God, the more serious it is when he sins. God holds him responsible (Luke 12:48).

V.13-21 The same acts must be gone through if the whole congregation discovered that it was guilty of a certain sin.

V.22-35 In these two cases involving a lesser person, the blood was not taken into the tabernacle, but it was put on the horns of the brazen altar outside. That was the place where the individual met God. So, in this chapter, we learn that the more truth we know, the more guilty we are for the sin we do.

Day 154 - Leviticus 5

V.1-13 Read 1 Corinthians 15:3. Christ is the One Who is our trespass offering. Here we have a different kind of sin. For instance, if you are working with a group of people and their conversation is immoral. You are made unclean by this, even though you weren’t joining in with them. In verse 2 we read of touching a dead body. This is a picture of our becoming unclean by contact with the world which God says is unclean (James 4:4; 1 John 2:15-17).

V.14-19 If a wrong had been done, either to God or to a person, then God and that person must be paid back for the wrong doing. In doing this a trespass offering must be given to the Lord. It is good for us to realize this, because we sometimes think that if we have done something wrong to another, all that needs doing is to make up to the person for the wrong we have done. But we sometimes forget that this wrong has put us out of communion with God. We need to be restored to Him as well.

Day 155 - Leviticus 6, Verses 1-13

V.1-7 Yesterday’s subject continues. As well as restoring the damage done to a neighbor a fifth more would have to be added. If these people had to be careful, how much more careful should we believers be! (2 Pet. 3:11; 1 Pet. 1:15).

V.8-13 Now we return to the Burnt offering. These laws describe how the offering was carried out. In this offering, the entire sacrifice was burnt. A picture of Christ giving Himself entirely up to God. There are two main points (1) the fire was never to go out. God never forgets the work which Christ did on the cross, even though His people may be asleep and don’t think of the fire burning. (2) The ashes always are a reminder that fire has been there. The fire of judgment (punishment) fell upon our blessed Lord Jesus, leaving nothing but the ashes the remembrance of His death.

Day 156 - Leviticus 6, Verses 14-30

V.14-23 The law of the Meal offering. A handful of the flour (meal) was to be taken from the offerer by the priest. Oil (a picture of the power of the Holy Spirit) and frankincense (a picture of the graces of our Lord Jesus Christ) were put upon the flour and all burnt upon the altar.

V.16-18 The part that remained was for the priest (Aaron) and his sons. Christ is our High Priest, and we are like the sons of Aaron. In those days there was a difference between the priests and the people. Today, every believer in the Lord Jesus is a priest (1 Peter 2:5, 9). There is no place for a person to come between believers and God, as for instance, a minister today. It is a denial of the truth of Christianity. The Bible makes it very plain (1 Tim. 2:5). Rabbi, priest or minister are what men have made. It is a mixture of Jewish and Christian religions. And you cannot mix these two. The Lord Himself was teaching this in Matthew 9:16-17. God gives one gift to one person, rarely two gifts, but ministers must carry out all gifts (Eph. 4:11).

V.24-30 How careful the priests had to be! Do we realize how careful we should be about the little things we do? The priest had to eat some of the sin offering. Even the sons of the priests ate this sin offering. This tells us believers a very important point that when other believers sin, we should be as concerned about them as if we had done the sin ourselves.

Day 157 - Leviticus 7, Verses 1-18

V.1-10 A few interesting instructions for the sin and trespass offerings.

V.2 Notice the first part ... to do something to another person might not be considered by us as being very serious, but here we see that the sacrifice necessary for this was killed in the same place as the Burnt offering. This gives us an idea of the seriousness of it in God’s sight. Then the blood had to be put in the same place!

V.3-5 All the fat was to be offered up to God. The fat — the inward, unseen part. Christ’s beauty, loveliness, value to God.

V.7 Then the priest who offered it was to have what remained. Christ is the Priest who has made atonement. It was His joy to offer Himself to God.

V.11-34 The laws of the Peace offering. Remember that is one of the sweet-savor offerings — God’s delight in the death of His Son and sharing this delight with us. So we have a lot about the Lord’s part, the priest having some of the sacrifice, and the offerer eating the rest with his friends who were clean.

V.12-18 The sacrifice was to be eaten the same day, under ordinary circumstances; or if a voluntary offering, it might be eaten the day after, but not later. We learn from this that the eating of the sacrifice must not be separated from the offering on the altar. God will not permit us to separate communion with Him from the work of the cross.

Day 158 - Leviticus 7, Verses 19-38

V.19 “All that be clean shall eat thereof.” In those days, a person was unclean, for instance, who had touched a dead body. For us believers this would be a picture of our socializing with worldly people — the unsaved person is dead (Eph. 2:1-3). Fellowship with unbelievers soils a believer (2 Cor. 6:14). But not to isolate ourselves from them. In our verse, the person could eat the sacrifice with his friends who were clean. It is easy to see that it does matter with whom we have communion.

V.22-27 Fat and blood were not to be eaten. They were only for God.

V.30-34 The breast of the sacrifice was for Aaron and his sons. The breast a picture of the love of Christ. The right shoulder was for the priest who made the offering. The shoulder a picture of the strength of Christ. Love and power combine in Him. He had His joy in giving Himself to God. This closes the subject of the offerings. All put together they represent the perfect, but varied, work of Christ on the cross. The time you take to think about these offerings will pay a rich reward. God doesn’t take seven chapters unless the subject is important. Our sins made the cross necessary.

Day 159 - Leviticus 8, Verses 1-17

A priest was a man who came between God and His people. We too need someone to come between a holy God and us, sinners. And we have such an One in Christ (1 Tim. 2:5). He is our High Priest in heaven before God now (Heb. 4:14).

V.1-5 Today’s chapter tells us of the preparing of Aaron the high priest and his sons for their work. Each believer individually is a member of His body, so we are like the sons of Aaron.

V.6 First, they were washed with water, a picture of sanctification — separation from the world (John 17:17, 19).

V.7-9 Aaron is clothed; a picture of righteousness (perfect goodness).

V.10-11 Tabernacle anointed with oil. Power of the Holy Spirit. The tabernacle is a little picture of the universe which later shall be filled with glory.

V.12 Aaron anointed with oil but no blood. Christ needed no redemption.

V.13 We believers associated with Christ are priests, able to approach God.

V.14-17 The sin offering for the priests.

Day 160 - Leviticus 8, Verses 18-36

V.22-28 The ram of consecration. Aaron and his sons are to be wholly for God. And so is every believer today. We recognize the carelessness that is everywhere today amongst believers, but this explains why we are so weak. Ear (what is heard) thumb (what is done), feet (where the person goes). All are to be for the Lord. Consecration means being devoted to a person or a thing. Are we consecrated to Christ in our life?

V.33-36 Seven days they were to remain in the tabernacle. Seven is the complete number in scripture. So this tells of our total separation from the world, and to God. Serious words to consider. God requires holiness from each believer.

Day 161 - Leviticus 9

V.1-22 This chapter is hard to understand. But if we can see what it pictures, then it will be easier. If you read verses 23-24 first, you will see that Moses and Aaron come out of the tabernacle. And then there is great joy amongst the people. That is a picture of the millennium. Moses is a picture of Christ as King; Aaron, of Christ as Priest. Christ will be King and Priest in the millennium. Israel will not understand Christ’s work on the cross until the millennium. Read what they will ask at the beginning (Zech. 13:6). We believers, the church, are hidden during this time (the whole chapter to verse 22). The chapter goes over the offerings — views of the cross of Christ are gone over.

Day 162 - Leviticus 10

V.1-7 Everything which God does is perfect, everything which God gives man to do is quickly spoiled. No sooner is the privilege of going into God’s house, the tabernacle, given to Aaron’s four sons, the priests, than two of them disobey. Instead of taking fire from the brazen altar into the tabernacle, they used some other fire. The two eldest sons die. All worship of God must have the cross of Christ (brazen altar) as its source. Using anything of ourselves — like music, giving money, speaking about our good living — robs Christ of the glory which belongs only to Him.

V.6-7 There was to be no sorrow for the dead sons, for they died because of disobedience. People who think that this was not kind are not obeying God themselves. No one is as wise as God.

V.9-11 In Numbers 6, we read about those who became Nazarites for a certain period of time. They devoted themselves to the Lord by giving up things. Well, here were some of the same things. Wine would produce natural excitement. For us believers today, it means that nothing of nature can have any part in the worship of God. God’s presence only must be felt. Many people are stimulated by emotions, feelings, music etc. This is not worship.

V.16-20 If the blood of the sin offering was not taken inside the tabernacle, then the sin offering was to be eaten by the priests in the holy place. When someone amongst believers does something wrong, then the other believers must take that sin and confess it to God just as if they themselves had done it. Otherwise they might act with a hard, proud heart against the one who had done the wrong. They might set themselves up as judges without realizing it is grace alone which has saved them (Eph. 2:8).

Day 163 - Leviticus 11

When the priests had been set up, and the tabernacle operating, they had to know the difference between clean and unclean. We are priests before God. We also need to learn the difference. We are going to find seven sections from here to chapter 17, each teaching what is clean and unclean about a different thing. Today it is about clean, pure food. We need to know the difference between clean and unclean in the things which we read and listen to. Anything of the unclean will harm us.

V.2-8 Animals which chew the cud and divide the hoof were clean and could be eaten. The animals had to do both to be considered clean. The carelessness which swallows down without slow digestion, and which rushes anywhere without consideration, is pictured by the animal which did not chew the cud and did not have a divided hoof.

V.9-12 The fish which did not have fins or scales were unclean. Fins enable a fish to push his way through the water. Scales resist outside attacks.

V.13-23 The birds which prowled around at night, and the one which could not be trained are listed. They were unclean.

V.29-45 The creeping things which dragged themselves along the ground were unclean.

V.46-47 We might say that a believer who is careful about what he reads, hears and sees, keeps himself clean from the world. God wants His people clean. So this chapter has good instruction for us. God’s Word is clean food, read 1 Peter 2:2, “sincere” means “pure.”

Day 164 - Leviticus 12

The next thing to be kept clean the body a pure body (Read Gen. 1:28). Child-birth was to be a joy and blessing. But that was before the fall of Adam and Eve. Now read Genesis 3:15 and see the result of the sin Eve had committed. Sin never goes unpunished. The birth of a child, because of sin by our first parents, now made the woman unclean under the law. The Lord Jesus has borne that curse of the law for us, so that we are not under the law but under grace (Gal. 3:13; 1 Cor. 6:18-20).

Day 165 - Leviticus 13, Verses 1-28

Next, a pure person. Leprosy was found in persons, clothing and houses. Romans 5:12 tells us that death came into the world by sin. So leprosy was like sin acting in the flesh. Not the doctor, but the priest was the man who could tell the truth about it. It wasn’t easy to detect.

V.2 For the believer, the person who lives close to the Lord, is better able to detect sin (Heb. 5:14; 1 Cor. 2:14). So here Aaron (a picture of Christ), or Aaron’s son (picture of a believer living close to the Lord Jesus) could decide whether it was leprosy or not.

V.2, 4, 6 If the raw flesh appeared, it was leprosy. When the flesh (the old nature) is active in us, sin is at work. It becomes evident.

V.16-17 If the man was white all over, it was like a person today who confesses that there is no good in him, only sin, then he is clean (Rom. 7:18). The great thing for the sinner today is to confess to God.

Day 166 - Leviticus 13, Verses 24-59

V.47-59 Leprosy could also be in the clothing (the garment). Sin can be in the circumstances around us. If only a spot appeared, the garment was to be washed. What a wonderful thing it is when a believer keeps himself unspotted from the world (James 1:27). While we believers are at work or school we become spotted by contact with the world. If we only hear the things, but do not get involved with them, it is like the spot in verse 58. But note how many times it was to be washed.

All these 59 verses should impress on us the importance, in God’s sight, of keeping ourselves clean. The leprosy in the head (vvs. 29-37) can be a picture of the sin of thinking our own thoughts (2 Cor. 10:5-6).

Day 167 - Leviticus 14, Verses 1-32

Remember, leprosy, in Scripture, is a picture of sin. There was no known way to cure it. In today’s chapter however, the man who had leprosy is pronounced clean. Here is a wonderful thing — the story we will now read is the story (in type) of Christ’s death and resurrection! No one but God could have inspired such a Book as the Bible.

V.1-3 The leper is outside the camp of Israel. He had been unclean. Now he is clean. But he cannot come in — the priest must go out to him and pronounce him clean.

V.4 Here is the wonderful part of the story. Firstly, two living and clean birds (like sparrows) are brought to the priest. Secondly, 3 strange things are to be brought also (v. 4) (1) cedar wood — in Scripture, a picture of strength and stability (Psa. 92:12), (2) scarlet — earthly grandeur and Israel’s royalty. See Ex. 39:1-29 for the High Priest’s garments of glory and beauty. (3) Hyssop — a little flower which grew plentifully on walls (a picture of lowliness), often used for sprinkling the unclean (Ex. 12:22). It was a contrast with (1).

V.5-7 Beautiful to see these 2 birds as types of the Lord Jesus in death and resurrection. One bird is killed, the living bird is dipped into the blood of the dead bird (as are the 3 things, mentioned above). The living bird (with blood on it), is let loose into the open field (resurrection of Christ). In Romans 4:25 you will see these two birds in type.

V.7. The leper is sprinkled 7 times and so the believer is covered by the blood of Christ and stands in all the acceptance of Christ before God (Heb. 10:14). This gives us peace with God.

V.7-9 The leper has been cleansed by the water and the blood. (Read John 19:34; 1 John 5:6).

V.10-32 Now begins the long process of going through the different offerings which are described in the first 7 chapters of this book. When we accept the Lord Jesus as our Savior, we are cleansed forever from our sins. But now that we are cleansed, it does not mean that we can live as we did before. Now our life is not our own, for we have been bought with the price of the blood of Christ. Read what it says after the word “therefore” in 1 Corinthians 6:19-20. Salvation depends on the cleansing power of the blood of Christ, but communion with God depends on the purifying work of Christ. Blood and water (Read Heb. 10:22).

Day 168 - Leviticus 14, Verses 33-57

V.34 It is good to notice the expression “when ye come into the land,” not “if.” It was absolutely certain, yet Israel had to wander for 40 years in the wilderness because they didn’t believe this statement (See Num 13 -14). Are we enjoying our heavenly life while we’re still here on earth?

V.33-48 Leprosy in the house. A pure house was necessary. Let us apply the “house” to two scriptures (1 Tim. 3:15; 2 Tim. 2:20), Christians gathered to the name of the Lord Jesus Christ in a city. The “house” must be kept pure of every evil — doctrinal, ecclesiastical or moral. As a collective testimony, gathered together by the Holy Spirit to maintain His unity (Eph. 4:3) truth must be kept, error must be removed.

V.35-39 The owner of the house was suspicious that something was wrong. He must go to the priest, who makes careful investigation. He waits for 7 days, then returns to see if conditions have changed.

V.40-42 He finds that indeed there is a plague there, so he orders the particular stones removed and the walls scraped. New stones are put in their place. There was to be great care taken.

V.43-47 If the plague returns, the leprosy is announced and the house destroyed totally. Notice where the stones etc. are taken.

V.48 But if the plague has not returned, the priest pronounces the house clean.

V.49-53 Then the house needs the same kind of cleansing that was used in verses 4-7 for the man which was cleansed.

All this teaches us spiritual lessons. Whether in an individual (yesterday’s verses) or collectively (today’s) they both need to put out of their lives all evil! 1 Corinthians 5 is instructive in the New Testament on the same subject. May each of us take this to heart! It is what God is telling us.

Day 169 - Leviticus 15

Now we come to pure habits. God is holy and He wants all His people to be clean. In those days, remember, they were under law. Today we are under grace. God has come to earth in the Person of His dear Son. The Lord Jesus died on the cross, to cleanse us forever from all our sins. But now that we have received Christ as Savior, we are to keep clean in our life. Daily cleansing by the water (the Word of God) is necessary to keep us in communion with our Father (Eph. 5:26).

Day 170 - Leviticus 16, Verses 1-19

We have had, (1) pure, clean food, chapter 11, (2) Pure bodies, chapter 12, (3) Pure persons, chapter 13, (4) Pure homes, chapter 14. (5) Pure habits, chapter 15, and today we read of (6) pure worship. A subject of the greatest importance — to God, and to any of us who, from a pure heart, desire to know His mind on this subject.

V.1-2 In chapter 10, we have read of the death of Aaron’s two sons for approaching God in the wrong way. Today we read of the consequences of this offense against God. Up until their death, Aaron could go into God’s presence in the “Holiest of all” in the Tabernacle, at any time NO MORE. Aaron would die if he did!

V.3 No mention of the “Meal” or “Peace” offerings. Only these two. One was for God, the other for the people.

V.4 Now garments. All pure white, linen and holy. Of Whom is this a picture? None other than our Lord Jesus, God come down to earth, to be a spotless, pure holy Man (His incarnation), to live for God’s glory, and die.

V.5-10 Two goats for a “sin offering.” He cast lots (let God choose) on the two. One “for the Lord,” and the other for a “scapegoat,” to be sent away into the wilderness. Meaning? Glorious picture of Christ dying on the cross for two purposes. (1) The goat “for the Lord” — He met all the claims of a holy God, of God’s nature. His very character and His throne. And (2) The scapegoat — perfectly meeting all man’s guilt and all he needed. God’s side, our side.

V.11-14 “For himself and for his house.” Meaning? These four verses are a magnificent picture of Christ and His assembly (the church).

V.12-13 Meaning? Heaven is filed with the sweet and holy perfume of that precious incense, which is Christ in all His sweetness and graces.

V.14-15 Notice that the blood of both types of offering was taken right into the very presence of God at the Mercy Seat. Meaning? The Lord Jesus said, in John 17:19 that both He and the believers are satisfied. God is delighted, and accepts this.

V.16-19 The whole Tabernacle had to be atoned for — the highest (the sanctuary inside) and the altar (outside, just inside the gate). This because of the uncleanness of the people. Meaning? So wonderful for us to know that no matter how careless and weak we are, we have a perfect standing with a holy God. All because of the work of Christ — first for God, then for us. So we can enjoy PURE WORSHIP.

Day 171 - Leviticus 16, Verses 20-34

V.21-22 One goat died as a sacrifice (vvs. 8-9). The other was called the scapegoat. On its head, Aaron laid both his hands, and confessed over the live goat all the people’s sins. The live goat carried away into the wilderness all the sins, and was seen no more. Christ is seen in both goats. The dead goat is a picture of Christ’s death. The other goat is a picture of our sins carried away by Christ, never to be remembered again by God.

V.23-24 The work of the atonement is finished, so Aaron is told to take off those special garments. Meaning? The Lord is doing different things for us in heaven. The change of clothes would tell us of His changing work.

V.25-28 Everything was done carefully and all speaks to us of the perfection of the work of God.

V.29-31 The day of atonement, on the 10th day of the seventh month, is a picture of when Israel as a nation, shall receive the new covenant, when the national shall be “born again.” (Read carefully Heb. 10:16-22; 8:10-13). Meaning? Wonderful for that nation which today is scattered, confused and frustrated.

Day 172 - Leviticus 17

This chapter and the next give us many instructions on how to live a holy life and the unclean things from which we are to keep away.

V.2 Both the priests and the people receive instructions. We believers are both. See 1 Peter 2:5 for the first category and verse 11 for the second. Wonderful connection between Old and New Testament teachings. We can call today’s chapter, Pure Worship requiring Pure Customs.

There was a danger, that the people might secretly offer their sacrifices to devils (v. 7). And it is very easy for us to turn back to the world and get mixed up with pagan practices. Many of the religious customs today had their beginnings in religions which were really worshipping the devil.

V.10-16 The blood was never to be eaten. We see the seriousness of the act in these verses. (Read Heb. 9:22). The blood of Christ is for God only. Christ’s death is the foundation of the worship of God. So the blood appears in this chapter when we are instructed about pure worship.

Day 173 - Leviticus 18

V.1-5 The land from which they had come (Egypt) and the land to which they were going (Canaan) both had very bad and immoral customs. The contrast was to do what God told them to do, because He was the Lord and therefore perfect. Verse 5 was the glorious motive and result, if they obeyed. We too!

V.6 This verse is the key to understanding the chapter — we must not mix the intimacies of marriage with family relationships. Satan has driven people into doing these things. In 1 Corinthians 5:1, 3 we see that believers are capable of doing these same evils.

Day 174 - Leviticus 19

This chapter continues on with pure customs, but goes a little further. Yesterday’s chapter told of some things which should not be done.

V.5-8 This means that a believer today cannot go along day after day without coming back to the cross of Christ. And we can also use this same thought in connection with reading the Scriptures.

V.9-10 Love for one’s neighbor is what a believer has in his heart.

V.11-37 A believer can learn many lessons for his own life by reading these verses slowly. But remember that these actual instructions were for people under the law. We apply them to our spiritual life in Christ.

Day 175 - Leviticus 20

When Israel came into the land, they were taking over a country which was full of wickedness of the worst kind. Notice that religious evil heads the list. We believers are in a world equally wicked and containing the same evils.

V.6, 27 People today are dabbling with familiar spirits, and don’t seem to realize they are playing with fire. Spiritism is rapidly spreading. In Isaiah 47:10-15 we read that Israel had paid no attention to these warnings and was being punished for it. Some Christians do not seem to understand that Satan leads believers away from God just as he leads unbelievers. And they are not aware that he can lead us far away. But notice how far Satan could lead these people. A warning for us!

V.9 Dishonoring parents required the death penalty! People today make a joke of this (Prov. 14:9).

V.23 The world around us has a big influence on us. We are to keep away from it as far as we can. Our life should be a witness for Christ against it.

V.24 God had separated them from the world to Himself. This verse gives us the reason why we should have all the pure things we have been reading about in the previous chapters. Let’s realize God wants only blessing for us, and has given full instruction in His Word.

V.25 We need to know what is clean and what is unclean. The chapter opens and closes with things which required stoning to death.

Day 176 - Leviticus 21

Today we read how careful the priests had to be. You remember that 1 Peter 2:5 tells us that every believer in the Lord Jesus is a priest before God. Stop and consider that. If the priests in those days had to be so careful, how much more careful should we be? We are God’s priests in this wicked and corrupt world. They needed to be ready to go into God’s presence at any moment; so do we from day to day.

Day 177 - Leviticus 22

A very important lesson to learn here. If a priest, through carelessness, had something wrong with him, he was not to come into God’s presence until it was corrected. Some people (believers) say that we can be too narrow in our thoughts about the worship of God. But we believe that when we have the assurance of God’s Word that Christ is in the midst, then we are going to want to be very careful. It will not be a question of being as careless as we want to be, but of being as careful as we ought to be. When we are not conscious of the Lord’s presence in the midst, then naturally it doesn’t matter what a person does, so long as he is a believer. Read this chapter carefully and prayerfully.

Day 178 - Leviticus 23, Verses 1-22

God here gives careful instructions as to seven occasions when His people were to gather together around Him. They are called “Feasts,” not necessarily eating food. If the priests were going to be in God’s house, they would need to behave the way He directed. There were seven “feasts” each year. (1) the Sabbath; (2) the Passover and the feast of unleavened bread; (3) the first-fruits of harvest; (4) the Pentecost; (5) the feast of trumpets; (6) the day of atonement; (7) the feast of tabernacles. Together they tell a wonderful story. Briefly they are (1) Christ; (2) the death of Christ and our careful life every day; (3) the resurrection of Christ; (4) the coming of the Holy Spirit to earth; (5) Israel’s call just after the rapture; (6) when Israel will be restored to God; (7) the millennium. 7 is a picture of completeness. God delights in Christ, each feast reminds us in a different way of Him.

V.3 (1) Six days of creation, and then rest. Six days of work each week and then Saturday the Sabbath the last day, the day of rest. It is a picture of God finding His rest in Christ. Because the work of the first creation was ruined by sin, Christ had to come down and complete a new work. And that work can never be spoiled, Christ is God’s Sabbath.

V.4-8 (2) These two are the foundation on which the first rests. The Passover is redemption (Ex. 12). Leaven is a picture of sin. Christ was the Unleavened Bread (1 Pet. 2:22). Each believer has been given the power to live to God’s glory throughout his converted life, like the 7 days (2 Pet. 1:3).

V.10-14 (3) The first-fruits of the harvest. Christ in resurrection was the beginning of the true and great harvest — the church, us believers.

V.11 “The morrow.” Sunday, the Lord’s day, that is, the day after the Sabbath (Saturday). The Lord rose on the first day of the week, Sunday.

V.12 Christ is the Burnt offering. Leviticus chapter 1 and all of John’s Gospel.

V.13 Christ is the Meat (or meal) offering. Leviticus 2, and all of the gospels. His perfect life.

V.15-21 (4) Next the feast of weeks (Deut. 16:10). They were to count 7 weeks or 49 days from the Sabbath. Then add one day making 50 days. Therefore, Sunday. The church’s day is the first day of the week, Sunday the Lord’s Day. Fifty days after the cross of Calvary (the Lord Jesus was dead all day Saturday) the Holy Spirit came down on the day of Pentecost Sunday (Acts 2:1).

V.17 A beautiful picture of the church here. Two leaves Jew and Gentile (Eph. 2:12-18). “Two or three gathered to my name” (Matt. 18:20). Leavened bread we believers still have the old nature in us.

Day 179 - Leviticus 23, Verses 23-44

V.23-25 (5) The feast of trumpets. The Lord Jesus shall come back and, as it were, blow the trumpet and gather Israel from all over the earth. This will take place after the believers are taken to heaven. Write all these feasts onto your chart, with the Scriptures, and you will be greatly helped.

V.26-32 (6) Then the day of atonement, Lev. 16, When this day is fulfilled, Israel will confess the dreadful sin of having crucified their loving Messiah. (Read Zech. 12:9-14).

V.33-44 Lastly, (7) the feast of Tabernacles will be fulfilled in the millennium. Israel will be reminded of all the wanderings in the wilderness of their forefathers. Many of the nations around Israel will join in the rejoicing and worship. (Read Zech. 14:16).

Day 180 - Leviticus 24

Two parts one very good (vvs. 1-9) and the other very bad (vvs. 10-23).

V.1-9 Notice some lovely words.

V.1. The Lord; (v. 2) pure oil, light continually; (v. 3) testimony, reputation; (v. 4) pure candlesticks; (v. 5) fine flour; (v. 6) pure tables; (v. 7) pure frankincense; (v. 8) everlasting; (v. 9) Holy place, most holy. All these words are telling of the lovely atmosphere in the tabernacle where God met the priests. The light was to burn all the time. The bread was eaten every Sabbath by Aaron and his sons. This can teach us we need the light of God each hour in our life (John 12:36, 46). We need to be feeding on Christ the bread which came down from heaven (John 6:32-35).

V.10-23 Here is the contrast — sin, quarreling, blaspheming, cursing, in ward (jail), stoning to death, killing. All these are the result of sin.

V.1-9 are inside God’s house (see v. 3) Verses 10-23 are outside (see v. 10). It is good to be in Christ, delivered from the corruption of the world.

Day 181 - Leviticus 25

The children of Israel weren’t in their promised land yet, but God’s thoughts were of it. It was being held by God, for God’s people. (Read Heb. 4:1-11). Israel entered their land of rest, but they spoiled it. Christ has given us a rest which can never be spoiled.

V.1-7 Every seventh year, they were to let the land rest.

V.8-17 Every fifty years, all the land was to be given back to its original owners. How kind of God! The land wouldn’t get into the hands of a few rich people.

V.25-55 Even people who became poor, and had to become a hired servant to another, were all set free on the year of jubilee. The Lord Jesus has set us free. We were slaves to sin, but He has paid the price of our redemption. The Lord owned the land. He only loaned it to His people. All would go back to Him in the end. The truth of God has been loaned to us to enjoy. Good it is when we take care of it!

Day 182 - Leviticus 26

V.1 A serious warning first, then promises of blessing for obedience. He longed to bless His people and make them happy. So He does for us today. If they would only obey Him, He would pour out rain from heaven, the land would produce plentifully, fruit trees would bloom greatly, the harvest would last till the Fall (v. 5), the vines would be so loaded that it would take till planting time to gather in the harvest!

V.11-13 God would dwell with His people.

V.14-39 But what a desolation if they would not obey! If we believers are obeying the Lord, we surely are experiencing joy and peace, yes, fullness of joy (John 15:8-11). If we are disobeying Him, then we are unhappy, unsettled, dissatisfied, lonely, disappointed. Which are we?

V.40-46 But God always comes back to what He is.

Day 183 - Leviticus 27

This chapter tells us of persons who made vows (promises) to God. Every one had a different value. This makes us think of the Lord Jesus and the value which was placed on Him. (Read Zech. 11:12-13; Matt. 27:9-10).

The Lord Jesus is the One Who came to earth and has redeemed us (paid for us) with His blood. We believers are His now (1 Cor. 6:19-20; Rom. 14:7-9). How closely God kept to His people and His land. And this is exactly the way He wants to be with us now. Just realize this Book was written about 1,300 years before Christ was born, and all these stories have meanings which He fulfills some yet future.

Day 184 - Hebrews 1

In the Old Testament we have seen the first creation and its development (Genesis). In the New Testament we learn that the first creation failed completely and is set aside, and a new creation replaces it. (Romans). In Exodus we learned of redemption by the blood of a lamb, and, of God’s first family, the Israelites, coming out of Egypt into the wilderness. God wanted to live with this first family, so He told them to build Him a tabernacle where He could meet those redeemed people. But everything failed. They even crucified the Person Who was going to bring to pass everything God had promised. So God has made an entirely new creation. This time it is heavenly and can never fail. In Romans we read of the beginnings, the foundation of God’s heavenly family, the believers in the Lord Jesus Christ. And now we are going to learn the real purpose of our being redeemed — so that God may have a worshipping people.

The book of Hebrews teaches us how we can approach God. Though written to believing Jews (Heb. 3:1) it is for all believers. We’ll read about angels, prophets, Moses, Aaron, Joshua, Melchisedec, covenants, promises, sacrifices, but in Christ Jesus the believer has a better sacrifice, a better covenant, and better promises, that which is eternal and heavenly. “Worship” was the key to Leviticus and “access to God” is the key to the book of Hebrews 10:19-22. (Read also Col. 1:12).

V.1-2 In the Old Testament, God spoke to His people by servants and prophets such as David, Samuel, Isaiah and others. But now, God Himself is speaking to us, for the Lord Jesus is the Son of God. He is also the “heir of all things” and by Him the worlds were made, the sun, moon, stars; all that we can see and much more (John 1:3; Col. 1:16).

V.3 The glory of our blessed Savior. Who He is what He has done, and where He is now. We owe our life and breath to Him. He, by Himself purged or washed away our sins and now sits on the right hand of the majesty on high.

V.4-8 The Lord Jesus is superior to angels. We shall find quite a lot of this “comparing” in Hebrews, the words “better” or “much better” as in verse 4.

V.6 Angels are told to worship the Lord Jesus for He is God.

V.8-12 We are not to worship angels. These same words were written by a man who lived a thousand years before the Lord Jesus (Read Psa. 45:6-7). How did king David know to write almost the same words about this glorious Man Who was to come 1,000 years later.

V.13 No angel was ever told to sit at the right hand of God.

V.14 Angels are God’s servants to take care physically of the believers today.

Day 185 - Hebrews 2

V.1-3 It if was a serious thing to dishonor the law of the Old Testament, how much more serious it is to neglect the wonderful and complete salvation that is now offered.

V.5 “The world to come”, refers to the time when the Lord Jesus will reign in power and glory over this earth in the millennium (see your chart). We shall then reign with Him over the earth. 2 Tim. 2:12.

V.7-9 Adam, because of sin, was sent out of the Paradise of God (Eden); Christ, to cleanse away sin (not His, but ours) was sent out of the Paradise of God (heaven), but now has been given the very highest place in heaven.

V.10 He was always perfect, But in order to perfectly understand our suffering and trials, He Himself has experienced suffering. So we can always turn to Him in any suffering or trial we may have. He understands for He is a “perfect Captain.”

V.12-13 It makes His Father’s heart happy to have us gathered around our Lord Jesus, Who is so happy that He sings praises to His Father.

V.14-18 He became a real Man, but also a “merciful and faithful high priest.” The same One who died to redeem us, now lives to keep and to help us (read Rom. 5:10).

Day 186 - Hebrews 3

V.1 Perhaps this verse explains why we are not told the name of the writer of this book. We are to consider (spend much time learning about) the “apostle and High Priest of our profession, Christ Jesus.”

V.2-6 The Lord Jesus compared with Moses. The Jews were very proud of the times when their leaders saw angels. Moses was one of their famous leaders. But there is One who is far above any angel or any of their leaders. When this book was written, there were many Jews who found it popular to say they were Christians. God knew those who were real, and would warn those who only “profess.” He does the same today.

V.14 Another “if’. There were many who came out of Egypt at the time of Moses, but some did not believe. God knew the heart of every one. There are many today who like to be called Christians but never have believed in Jesus as their own Savior.

Day 187 - Hebrews 4

V.1-2 A serious warning for those who heard the Word of the Lord in the days of Moses, but did not truly believe. This warning is still very much needed, for there are many who say they believe the Bible, but have never accepted the Lord Jesus, by faith, as their Savior. They do not think that they are sinners.

V.3-11 The Lord Himself rested on the seventh day, after the work of creation. Those who know the Lord, already enjoy the wonderful rest of conscience through His finished work. But there is another rest eternal rest, yet to come. The name “Jesus” in verse 8 is really the same as “Joshua” in the Old Testament.

V.12-13 The Word of God searches right into every heart and reveals all that people cannot see.

V.14-16 We believers have the same One who died for us, now living for us as a sympathetic High Priest. The chapter began with “Let us therefore fear” now ends with “Let us therefore come boldly.” In this chapter we have four things. Rest, the Word of God, a Great High Priest and a throne of grace!

V.12-16 The more keenly we feel the Word of God hitting the conscience, the more we will value the service of our great High Priest, the Lord Jesus in heaven.

Day 188 - Hebrews 5

The Lord Jesus is compared with Aaron the priest.

V.1-3 An earthly priest, such as Aaron, was himself a sinner and had to offer sacrifices for himself as well as for the people. In this, of course, the Lord Jesus was far better, for He did no sin (1 Pet. 2:22) and was able to offer Himself as a perfect sacrifice once.

V.5-6 The Lord Jesus was chosen to be a priest by God Himself. “Thou art My Son” this is His personal glory. “Thou are a priest forever” this is His official glory.

V.8 When He was in heaven as Son with His Father, there was never any question of obedience. But when sent into the world as Man to do the Father’s will, the Lord Jesus learned the meaning of obedience, and what it meant to suffer.

V.9 The work is finished. The Savior who died, now lives, and is the author (beginning) of “eternal salvation.” We are not only saved from our sins, but the One who saved us, now lives for us, and is coming for us.

V.11-14 It was hard for the Hebrews to learn some of these new things, for they had not yet given up the old things. They still honored angels, Moses and Aaron, and as we shall see later, the temple, the priests and the sacrifices. But this book was written to tell them that Someone “much better” had come. All those things which meant so much to them, were only pictures of the One who had now come.

Day 189 - Hebrews 6

V.1-8 Are verses which have been used by some to say that a person could lose his salvation. But we all should realize that the persons referred to here were never true believers.

V.1-2 These are things which were believed by Jews before the full truth of Christianity was made known.

V.4-5 Some of those things may be known by a person without being born again.

V.6 There were many who had seen much of the wonder of Christianity, but were not saved at all. It is most serious to see how very near a person can be to the knowledge of the wonderful truth of Christianity, and yet be lost. For if one has known the truth of Christianity, in the head, and then turns from it, there is no salvation anywhere else. “Knowing about” is not “believing in.”

V.9 Here the writer speaks to the true believers, “we are persuaded better things of you,” making it clear that he was contrasting them with the mere professor; spoken of earlier in the chapter.

V.11-20 How sure and steadfast is the hope of the believer! Abraham had only promises on which to rest, but those who know the Lord, have a finished work and a living Savior in the heavens, the One who had made salvation sure to us. This hope is absolutely certain but is yet future. Our hope in Christ is a sure and steadfast anchor. The “Anchor” (Christ) is in heaven.

Day 190 - Hebrews 7

The Lord Jesus is compared with “Melchisedec,” who was both a king and a priest — first in the days of Abraham (Gen. 14:18-20; Psa. 110:4).

V.2 First King of righteousness, and after that King of peace. A picture of the Lord Jesus, who satisfied all the righteous demands of God on the cross that we might have peace. He will also defeat all His enemies in righteousness, and then bring peace to the earth — after Christians are taken to heaven. Christ is both King and Priest.

V.3 This does not mean he had no father or mother, but that he wasn’t in any line of priesthood — he just suddenly appears, as a type, and disappears.

V.4-17 How very great this man Melchisedec was, and yet it is all written in order that we may see how much greater is the Person of our glorious High Priest, our Lord Jesus Christ.

V.19 All the demands of the law, and all its sacrifices, and all its priests, never made anything perfect. But a better hope did! How wonderful that we have in Christ that better and certain hope!

V.25 There is One who lives for us now, and who is able not only to save us not only from our sins, but to take up through the trials and the testings of our life until we are home.

V.26-28 What a perfect Savior and Priest we have! In one sacrifice, He has forever finished the work and now lives for us “higher than the heaven.”

Day 191 - Hebrews 8

Some of those Jews who had received this letter were apparently finding it hard to understand that many of the things they had learned from their old religion were now replaced by one Person, Jesus Christ. They had to learn that the old things were merely pictures of Christ.

V.6 “A more excellent ministry,” “a better covenant,” “better promises.” How often we have noticed this! How much better is the wonderful place that is ours in a risen Christ, than under the bondage and the sacrifices of the law.

V.8-9 To understand this, we should remember that God made an agreement — the Bible calls it a “covenant” — with Israel in the Old Testament days. They completely disobeyed it and thus broke it. In our verses we read the words “finding fault with them,” this refers to the fact that they had broken the agreement.

V.10-12 The Lord is going to make a new agreement with Israel (after we believers are caught away to heaven). This, however, will be based on the perfect work of Christ on the cross.

Day 192 - Hebrews 9

V.1-5 If we think back to the Old Testament days we would see priests in gorgeous robes, golden furnishings and many sacrifices. What a magnificent sight! But would we know our sins forgiven once and for always? No. Would we have peace of conscience? No. Would we be able to draw near to God? No. None of these things could be enjoyed under the “first covenant.”

V.8 The way into the holiest of all (where God lived) was not made known.

V.11 “But Christ being come ... ”

V.12-24 What a comparison! “By His own blood ... (He) obtained eternal redemption.” No more sacrifices, for this redemption is eternal. What a joy it must have been to a believing Jew, to see that all those sacrifices, as well as the tabernacle and the priesthood, pointed to this one glorious Savior, and His mighty work! We rejoice too, for it is for us also.

V.16 The word “testament” is much the same as the word “will,” which is written by someone to tell what is to be done with his possessions when he dies. But that will is of no value until the man dies. Christ had to die in order for us to receive the promised blessings.

V.23 That same word “better” — surely the blood of Christ is far better than the blood of all the animals ever sacrificed.

V.24 Christ is above, watching over us all the while that we are down here — the present.

V.26 “Hath” this is what He did and completed at the cross — the past.

V.28 “Shall appear” He is coming again — the future.

Day 193 - Hebrews 10, Verses 1-22

V.1-4 Many sacrifices were offered in the tabernacle and in the temple, that did not really take away sins. They were just pictures of the one true and perfect Sacrifice on the cross.

V.5-9 The Lord Jesus took a body and offered Himself as the one perfect sacrifice.

V.10 “Sanctified” means set apart from others for God, as holy. This was the will of God, and that “will” was accomplished through the work of Christ on the cross. Now we are sanctified. The Israelites were to be a separate people (1 Kings 8:53), but they failed, for their salvation depended on them. We are sanctified by the work of Another.

V.12 Many, many animals had been offered and yet the work was never done. But after the Lord Jesus offered Himself as that one sacrifice He sat down in heaven — the work was done forever.

V.14 Right now as God looks at each believer, He sees each made perfect forever through the one sacrifice of His beloved Son. Do you realize that?

V.19-22 Now we are fitted and invited to enter into the holiest into the very presence of God.

Verses 8-22 give us examples of “patience of faith,” of those who simply waited on God and trusted Him.

Day 194 - Hebrews 10, Verses 23-End

V.23 We are told to hold fast, and then we are reminded that, although we are weak, yet He is always faithful.

V.26-31 In spite of that one sacrifice and all its perfect value, there still was the danger that some might profess to be Christians, and later turn away entirely. For such, there was no hope, nothing left but punishment. These were never believers. Those who do not believe in eternal security, use these along with Hebrews 6:46 and 2 Peter 2:20-22 to try to prove that a person could be lost after having once been saved. (But see John 10:28).

V.29 “Sanctified.” If a person turned from Jewish sacrifices, and took his place among Christians by profession, he was in that way set apart from those who were still religious Jews. He has the name of a “Christian.” If such a professor turns against the Christianity which he professed, see what words are spoken to such a man.

V.32-34 The marks of real believers in Christ.

V.39 There were many whose profession of faith in Christ was real.

Day 195 - Hebrews 11, Verses 1-22

V.1-3 God has told us how the world was made “by the Word of God.” That means that God created things by His saying “Let there be” as in Genesis 1. And this we believe by faith. If we believe God’s Word, we understand creation. But if God’s Word is doubted, there is nothing but confusion and speculation. Faith gives substance to that which we hope for. Many people today don’t believe God created the world. Read Jeremiah 10:10 and see what the people will do when God’s anger is let loose on this earth. The word “faith” appears only twice in the Old Testament (Deut. 32:20; Hab. 2:4).

V.4 Abel believed that he was a sinner, he was a son of guilty Adam and Eve. Therefore, he offered a sacrifice in which blood was shed. God accepted that sacrifice; not Cain’s in which there was no blood. We can say this verse tells us of “worship,” verse 5 of a “walk” of faith and verse 7 a “warning.”

V.5 God took Enoch to heaven without dying — a picture of what will happen to every believer when the Lord comes for us. “He pleased God.” A wonderful example for us!

V.7 In the names that follow — Noah, Sarah and Abraham and others — only their faith is spoken of. There is no mention of their failures. The time is coming when the Lord will review the life of all those who are believers. All the stains of sin will be gone only that which was done for the Lord, in obedience to His Word, will be rewarded then.

V.21 All Jacob’s busy efforts during his life are left out. As an old man, he had learned that he had no strength of his own, and he learned, and worshipped.

Day 196 - Hebrews 11, Verses 23-End

V.23-24 give us examples of the “energy of faith” which overcomes.

V.25 A good choice for us to remember. Moses could have been a very famous man, but by faith he chose to suffer trials with God’s people because of verse 26. There may be offers of fame and wealth that must be faced, but if we choose by faith, we shall choose to please the Lord.

V.33-34 There have been men and women of faith who have been delivered by God.

V.35 “And others,” middle of verse, were not delivered. God valued their faith alike. We also may not be delivered from our trials, but may have to bear them all the way to the end of the journey.

V.39 First three words. They take in all the above people. Isn’t that just grand! To summarize the chapter; verses 8-22, seven witnesses of faith in a “strange” country; verses 23-31, seven witnesses of a walk of faith in the wilderness; verse 32, seven examples of the warfare of faith in the land of Israel.

Day 197 - Hebrews 12

V.1 This “cloud of witnesses” refers to those who are spoken about in chapter 11. When we realize what they suffered, we also will want to be more faithful to the blessed Lord in our life. And then we will be happy to see that all this will bring glory and joy to Him. We will want to put out of our life everything that would slow us down (the weights) and the sin which stops us!

V.2 Jesus was the only perfect Man of Faith, and so we are to keep our eye on Him.

V.5-29 All about our Father. How loving and all-wise He is!

V.5-11 Here we find other trials which we cannot lay aside. We are to realize that they are permitted by our Father. Every wise father has to correct and punish his children when they disobey. We who are fathers are not always wise in this, but our Father in heaven is perfect in His wisdom and in His love when He disciplines us. Verse 5 tells us what not to do. Verse 11 gives us the positive promise of blessing.

V.18-21 Mount Sinai, where the law was given to the Jews. What a dreadful condition to be under the curse of that broken law! This is actually the condition the nation of Israel is in now. Not the individuals, for any one can be saved who believes in the Lord Jesus Christ.

V.22 Mount Sion. The word “Sion” means “grace” or “sunshine” and this is how God is acting toward us now.

V.24 Cain was punished for the shed blood of Abel, and Cain had to go out from the presence of the Lord. But the shed blood of the Lord Jesus is the only way by which all who trust in Him can come into the presence of God.

V.26-28 Things in the world, that once were quiet and peaceable, are now being shaken. Terrible unrest increases. But thank God there is that which cannot be shaken, and it will remain forever. We belong by grace, to that kingdom which cannot be moved.

V.29 Our God is one Who burns up the dross without destroying us. Take a minute to read Deut. 4:24, 31; 7:9, 21. The more we know Him, the more we trust Him and love Him.

Day 198 - Hebrews 13

V.1-6 God watches our lives, and wants believers to behave in a way that would be for His glory, and that would also show a pure life before those who are not saved.

V.4 We are living in times when this verse is needed very much, for people are ignoring the very foundation of society, as established by God.

V.5 “Be content.” We will be if we believe the end of the verse.

V.7-8 The ones who may have been a help to us in bringing us to the Lord, or helped us to understand God’s Word. If a servant of the Lord does his work well, he will turn the eyes of everyone toward the Lord Jesus, who is always the same, and always will be.

V.8-9 We have everything in Christ and have to take care not to be involved in strange doctrine.

V.1 Brotherly love, toward one another.

V.2-7 Holiness toward one another.

V.9 Truth toward one another.

V.10 Christianity is entirely new and different from the Old Testament. Read verse 15 with verse 10.

V.13 Jesus was taken outside the religious city of Jerusalem and there He was crucified. If believers wish to be true to Him now, they will gathered around the Person of the Lord Jesus, outside of all the religions and denominations of men. To be gathered around any other name is to be disobedient to Ephesians 4:3. Christ is rejected, He has been cast out by this religious world. It does not say to go forth unto a church or a creed, but unto Him. Does He attract your heart?

Day 199 - Numbers 1, Verses 1-16

Today we start our fourth book of the Old Testament, and another step as believers. Genesis and Romans the beginnings; Exodus and Acts coming out (redemption); Leviticus and Hebrews, worship. Now Numbers. On our side — trials, tests, difficulties. Israel was in a wilderness, we are in a world that is against God, and we can find nothing here that satisfied our now life. On God’s side — His never-ending patience with complaining Israel and with us believers who often complain about our circumstances. Right? Had they believed and trusted God, eleven days would have been enough to take them to the land (Deut. 1:2). 1 Corinthians 10:1-12 shows a few of the serious events which happened to Israel during this journey.

V.1 The Lord speaks to Moses “in the wilderness.” They, in type, were redeemed by the blood of the lambs; we, in reality, by the blood of Christ.

V.5-16 Each tribe is named separately and the head man of each tribe is given.

Day 200 - Numbers 1, Verses 17-End

V.17-46 But now every man in every tribe is carefully questioned as to his family ancestry. We hope you are able to say “I belong to the family of God.” We are brought into a new family and are happy to read that we are now “of the household of God” (Eph. 2:19). Our own “wilderness” journey begins when we are born again. Twelve tribes have been examined. In this list Joseph’s two sons are included.

V.47-54 One tribe was numbered separately. The Levites were in charge of the tabernacle. They took it down, they put it up, and they guarded it by putting their tents all around it. What care and detail! So we may say that these people were warriors, worshippers and workers. So are we.

Day 201 - Numbers 2

The word “standard” (or flag) is mentioned often. Every man in Israel must not only know his family but also recognize where that special standard was set up. What confusion there would have been had every man decided for himself where he would set up his own tent.

V.17 The tabernacle of the Lord was in the very center of the whole great camp. The Levites were around it. What a happy thing it would be, if we who are believers would remember this. All around us we see those who have set up their own standard. They use a name. They go to “the church of their choice.” But what does God’s Word promise? “Where two or three are gathered together in my name, there am I in the midst of them” (Matt. 18:20). Let us be gathered around the standard that God has provided, the person of God’s own Son and His worthy name. It was so at the beginning of Christianity (Acts 2:42).

Day 202 - Numbers 3, Verses 1-26

The camp of Israel is in order and God is about to appoint certain families for certain work. But a sad story is told first. Not without a reason.

V.4 The priest was to take fire from the altar and add incense to present it to the Lord (Lev. 16:12-13). Nadab and Abihu came to the right place, and they were sons of Aaron the priest, but they took fire from some other place than from off the altar, and God killed them by fire (Lev. 10:1-2). This would remind us that God is not pleased with any pretense to worship Him unless it begins at the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ and the blood which He shed there.

V.12-13 When God killed the firstborn of Egypt, He wanted all the firstborn (males Ex. 13:12), all the tribes of Israel, as His own. Here He says He will take the tribe of Levi instead of those firstborn. All the Levites belonged specially to the Lord, and were privileged and responsible to serve Him.

V.17 The specially-honored tribe of Levi is now divided into three families — Gershon, Kohath and Merari. Each of these families has its own service, specially chosen by the Lord. We have in these early chapters of Numbers “warriors (soldiers), worshippers, and workers.” We have seen (1) a nation of warriors, gathered around their standards; put on the whole armor of God and stand for the truth; (2) a tribe of workers, the tribe of Levi; and now (3) A family of worshippers, the family of Aaron. We should surely delight to worship Him exactly as He has told us and should gladly serve the Lord however He may direct us.

Day 203 - Numbers 3, Verses 27-51

V.25, 31, 36-37 See how the Lord chose something special for each family to do. We might think it is a much greater honor to carry the ark, rather than the pins but whatever the Lord appointed for each to do, that was his special privilege. According to 1 Peter 2, all believers are priests and it is our privilege to worship and serve, but all must be according to how the Lord Himself directs. The priests were all equal, and did the same work, but not so the Levites, everyone had an individual work to do (4:19).

Let’s sort out our thinking of these arrangements while the camp was stopped. The tabernacle was in the center. Three tribes of the people were each on the four sides. But then there was a big blank space between the Tabernacle and the people. On the West, South and North sides, in this blank space were the Levites, for service, setting up the Tabernacle, guarding it, and taking it down. On the East side were the priests. All four of these were of the family of Levi.

V.23-26 The Levite family of Gershon, carried the lighter things of the Tabernacle through the wilderness for 38 years.

V.27-32 The Kohath family of the Levites had the greatest privilege they carried the holy articles of the Tabernacle.

V.33-37 The Merari family carried all the heavy things.

V.38-39 The priests and Moses lived on the East side. They didn’t carry anything. Their work was only when the camp stopped. The priests were for the worship of God.

V.40-51 Interesting. Instead of each first-born boy of the whole camp being dedicated to God (Ex. 13:13), the Levites as a group were dedicated to God as representing the first-born.

In the new creation, Christ is spoken of as being the “first-born of all creation” (Col. 1:15). He is also the “First-fruits” of God’s great harvest (1 Cor. 15:20-23). So that implies there is more fruit to come. The believers are that fruit. So being in Christ, believers are children of the First-born (Col. 1:15). Turn to Numbers 7:6-9 to see what God provided for the Levites according to the heaviness of their burdens.

Remember this when you feel you have a heavy burden!

Day 204 - Numbers 4

We see how carefully the Lord guarded the holy things of the tabernacle. Before the Kohathites went forward to carry their parts, Aaron and his sons must enter and cover the holy furniture. These articles were covered over as they journeyed through the wilderness.

V.15-20 The privilege and service of the Kohathites.

Verses 24-29 the service of the Gershonites.

Verses 31-33 the service of the Merarites. The very best years of their life were given to the service of the Lord and His tabernacle. From 30 years of age to 50! How often those very years are used by us to try to find success and possessions here in this world.

V.49 “Every one according to his service, and according to his burden.” Not one thing was left to their own choice, all was ordered of God. And each one of us can ask the Lord to show us also the service and burden He may have for us to accept on our way to our heavenly home.

Day 205 - Numbers 5

V.2-3 There were certain things which would make the camp unclean, and they must be “put out” because the Lord Himself was there. This is an important thing for us to remember if we desire to honor the name of our Lord Jesus. We are responsible to see that those things which defile, whether it be moral or doctrinal, are “put out” because the Lord is there (Gal. 5:9; 1 Cor. 5:6).

V.6 The Lord now reminds His people that each one was to be individually on guard, that his own conscience was clean. If any one has acted or spoken wrongly against another, it is not enough just to tell the Lord that we have sinned we are to go to the one we have wronged and make it right with them also.

V.12-31 We often find in the Bible, the picture of husband and wife, to remind us of the Love and relationship of the Lord to His people Israel, or to us His heavenly Bride (the church). What a sad and terrible thing if the people of the Lord should turn away from Him and make friends with those who are really enemies of our Lord. In this test, the water is used to remind us of the Word of God, and the “dust” is used to remind us of death, or of self-judgment. Let the Word of God search us all through. Notice that God made the decision.

Day 206 - Numbers 6

It was the privilege of any man or woman in Israel to separate himself very specially to the Lord. When he did this, he was called a “Nazarite.” Not a Nazarene, this was a person who lived at Nazareth. A man who wished to enjoy this position was (1) to drink no wine; (2) to let his hair grown and (3) not to touch a dead body. They are a lesson for us. Wine in the Old Testament is a picture of earthly joy. During the time a person was a Nazarite, he was to drink no wine. The believer is a person who is separated from worldly excitement to Christ at all times. A thing might not he called “sinful,” but would keep us from really enjoying the Lord. To let his hair grow, would mean to give up any right to his own dignity or reputation. For the Bible tells us it is a shame for a man to have long hair (1 Cor. 11:14). It was a shame for a man to be a Nazarite. To touch a dead body, would be to be made unclean. Are we not surrounded by those who are dead in trespasses and sins? The Lord Jesus Himself was the true and perfect Nazarite. He made Himself of no reputation and He kept Himself unspotted from the world.

V.13-20 At the end of the time of a man’s Nazarite vow, he is to bring burnt offerings, sin offerings, peace offerings, meat offerings and drink offerings! He is to shave his hair, and then “after that, the Nazarite may drink wine”! The time is coming when our Lord Jesus Christ the One who fulfilled all those offerings, will receive that worthy place of honor, dignity and joy on this earth. We shall reign with Him over this earth (Rev. 5:10).

Day 207 - Numbers 7

The gifts given to the Lord by the princes in Israel.

V.1-9 Oxen and wagons were given to the Gershonites and the Merarites, for they had heavy burdens to bear; chapter 3, but none was given to the Kohathites, for they carried the holy furniture on their shoulders. This which specially pictured the Person of the Lord Jesus must be carried in a most exalted and personal manner.

V.10-89 Notice that although each prince offered exactly the same, yet each one offered on a special day, and each prince and his offering is specially listed in complete detail. This reminds us that God never tires of hearing our praise.

Why would God take 80 verses to tell us this? Would it not be because praise belongs to God and the Lord Jesus Christ?

Day 208 - Numbers 8

V.1-4 The candlestick gave the only light in the tabernacle. It was in the first room “the holy place.” God is light (1 John 1:5), Jesus was the light of the world (John 9:5) and the Holy Spirit is the oil (the power) which enables that light to shine. Seven lamps tell us that it was perfect. Let us see to it that the light of our life, what we say and do, is for the glory of the Lord alone. (Read Matt. 5:14-16). What a responsibility we have!

V.6-22 The Levites are to be prepared for the service of the Lord. Only water, not blood is used. (See John 13:6-10). The water is like the Word of God. Believers need the Word to keep clean (Eph. 5:25). Remember the priests were for the worship of God, but the Levites (this chapter) were for service. Verse 19 shows that the Levites were secondary to the priests. We believers are both, but worship must take first place. Read these verses slowly.

V.23-26 The mature and productive years of their life were to be devoted to the Lord’s service. After 50 years of age, they could go into the tabernacle, but not to do any work of service.

Day 209 - Numbers 9

V.3 The importance of the date to keep the Passover (see Ex. 12:2-3).

V.6-8 There were some who were not clean. They confessed it plainly and asked Moses what they should do. Moses asks the Lord. And it is what we ought to do. Turn to the Word of God for our answers.

V.11-12 How wonderful is the grace of God. He allows time for the defiled one to be cleansed, and so the man kept the Passover on the 2nd month. The details as to how it must be kept.

V.13 An Israelite who was careless and just didn’t bother to keep the Passover, was to be cut off. The Lord has requested of us that we answer to His love by remembering Him in His death. It doesn’t mean that a believer would lose his salvation if he is careless, but he will lose his discernment and peace.

V.15-16 The cloud was visible to all, by day and night.

V.18-23 The children of Israel rested or traveled only at the commandment of the Lord. What a lesson for us! Today, the presence of the Lord is seen by faith only, but He is present in each believer. He is able to guide and direct us as we journey day by day toward our Home. In order to know when to stay and when to move, an Israelite had to keep his eye on the cloud. It is equally important for us to look to the Lord.

Day 210 - Numbers 10

The two trumpets were to be made of one piece of silver, reminding us of the Old and New Testaments both of which are really one — the Word of God. Redemption is pictured to us in the silver.

V.2 For the calling of the assembly.

V.4-10 An alarm for time of war, and even in the days of gladness and in their solemn days. The Word of God is for every purpose — it can and should be part of that joy, as well as for protection and comfort.

V.11-12 The perfect order of the camp as it begins to move onward.

V.29 Moses made a mistake here, and turns to a relative, who was familiar with the wilderness, and asks him to guide them and to be to them instead of eyes (v. 31). Sometimes we are guided by relatives instead of the Word and the Holy Spirit.

V.33-34 The Lord is jealous, for He knows that guidance from elsewhere will lead us into wrong paths. So He instructs that they take the ark out of the center of the camp and put it at the front to guide. Notice what He was seeking for them. Are you finding rest for your soul?

Day 211 - Numbers 11

V.1-3 After all this they begin to complain. The Lord heard and He sent fire among them, but again in His mercy, the fire was put out when the people cried to Moses.

V.4-9 God provided them with daily food from heaven, called manna — enough for everyone. But they grew tired of God’s food and wept again for the food they had once eaten in Egypt! All of these six foods came from down close to the earth or in the sea. And is it not true that if we have been eating onions or garlic, others around can tell what we have been eating? And so it is if we feed on that which this poor guilty world has to offer, its T.V., its rock music, the taste will linger with us, and others will soon know where we have been feeding.

V.11-15 Moses complains to the Lord and uses the words “I” and “me” over and over. The Lord took him at his word, and took some of the spirit that was with Moses, and divided it among seventy chosen men.

V.24-30 The men upon whom this spirit was given, stood outside the camp, but two of them remained inside, and they prophesied there. They ought to have come out, as Moses and the others did, and a young man noticed this and asked Moses if they should be told to keep quiet. Moses left them where they were. Is it not true today that there are many who are preaching the Gospel but refusing the place of God’s choice, gathered to the name of the Lord Jesus “outside the camp”?

Day 212 - Numbers 12

A picture of the Lord Jesus, taking to Himself a bride from among the Gentiles. We see this anger plainly in the book of Acts, where the Jews become very angry every time the gospel was preached to the Gentiles.

V.3 Moses was a meek man, and even though he was criticized, he did not defend himself, but left it all with the Lord, and the Lord took care of the problem.

V.4-10 The Lord quickly responds and acts.

V.11-15 Moses asks forgiveness for Miriam. The Lord hears, but there is a penalty.

Day 213 - Numbers 13

V.1-2 In Deuteronomy 1:21-22 we see that this wish to search the land was started by the children of Israel. God had brought them out of Egypt and promised to bring them into the good land, and told them what it was like. Why then would they need spies? Unbelief!

V.23-27 They soon found that the land was just as God had told them. It was a land that flowed with milk and honey, and they brought back with them some of the fruits of the land. The people both heard the report and saw the fruit, the evidence, yet they did not believe.

V.31 They tell the people “we are not able.” Their eyes were turned away from the Lord, and they felt like grasshoppers in front of giants.

V.30 But a man named Caleb says “we are well able.” Caleb had his eye on the Lord. There are many enemies that would try to hinder us today from enjoying, right now, our wonderful privileges and blessings as heavenly people. We are “blessed with all spiritual blessings in heavenly places in Christ Jesus” (Eph. 1:3). We don’t get our blessings by obedience to God’s Word, but we enjoy them by obedience.

Day 214 - Numbers 14

V.1-5 It is hard to understand such unbelief and rebellion, unless we look at ourselves! Here they are, at the very borders of the land which God had promised to give them, and they talk of choosing a captain and going back to Egypt!

V.6-10 These two men speak up and trust in God, and because of this, they are threatened with death! We also are living in a day when there are many believers who refuse the truth that Christ is all, and prefer to go on with worldly ways. Let’s not be like that.

V.11-20 God tells Moses that He will punish those who did not believe that God was able to take them into the land of promise.

V.34 Although the Lord forgave them at that time, He told them that they would wander for 40 years in that same wilderness, till every one over 20 years of age was dead. Only their children and Caleb and Joshua, would be able to enter into the land.

V.37 God does not overlook anything.

V.40-45 When the Lord told them to enter in they refused. Now that He tells them they must wander for 40 years they so, “No, we will enter the land.” They are defeated in their first fight with the enemy, for the Lord was not with them; without God is self-will. We shall see this more clearly in the next chapter.

Day 215 - Numbers 15

V.1-2 After all the unbelief of the last chapter, the Lord says, “When ye come into the land of your habitations which I give unto you.” Isn’t that wonderful? His grace and His faithfulness will be the cause of Israel’s being settled in the land. Disobedience on their part, grace on God’s part! Never forget this.

V.3-13 God joyfully looks forward to the time when His beloved people will be in the land; they shall gladly bring their offerings and sacrifices to Him.

V.14-16 The Lord thinks upon those who are not part of His earthly people Israel, and He wants to bless them too. We Gentiles were strangers and far off, but have been brought into most wonderful blessing through the work of Christ for us. The church of God is made up of Jews and Gentiles (Eph. 2:13-18). And shall share the glories with Christ in heaven forever.

V.22-31 Provision made for sins of ignorance and, the awful sentence of death for the one who sinned deliberately. To be ignorant of the truth is one thing. But to deliberately disobey it, is another.

V.37-41 Blue is the color that reminds of us heaven. Our daily “walk” would show to others that we belong to heaven and that we want to please the Lord.

Day 216 - Numbers 16

This awful story is spoken of in Jude, verse 11 as “the gainsaying of Core.” No doubt there was jealousy in the heart of this man. He finds fault with Moses and Aaron who had a more prominent service. What a terrible thing jealousy is in God’s sight! God had chosen each man for his work; Korah was really rebelling against God.

V.4 A good thing to do. The Lord Himself is our Great High Priest; we do not have the right to choose. Let us submit to our Lord Jesus Christ.

V.12 Two others who took part in this rebellion.

V.16-35 Dathan and Abiram and all who are with them, are literally “swallowed up” by the earth, and Korah and the 250 who were with him are burnt. God will not be mocked or challenged, and though He is longsuffering and merciful today, He will bring terrible punishment on those who rebel against the Lord Jesus. Let us remember verse 21, and be separate from those (even believers sometimes) who refuse to accept the Lord’s authority.

V.41-45 This spirit of rebellion was in “all the congregation.”

V.48 Aaron the priest stands between the living and the dead, and the plague is stopped. If it were not for our High Priest, of whom Aaron is a picture, we would never reach heaven. But He is faithful and He who has made atonement, now lives for us.

Day 217 - Numbers 17

The Lord is going to act publicly.

V.1-9 Twelve rods (sticks) were to be taken and put before the ark, the very dwelling place of God. The name of each tribe was written upon each individual rod.

V.8 What a miracle! The rod of Aaron the High Priest, had brought forth buds, blossoms and almonds, all in one night! This is a picture of life and resurrection out of death! And the One who is our High Priest, the One who is up there in the presence of God for us, is now alive from among the dead, able and willing to lead us and keep us on our way home. Let us not forget the present work of our Lord in heaven (Rom. 5:10); without it we could not survive.

V.12-13 What pitiful unbelief, even after this wonderful miracle. The chapter ends with a question. In tomorrow’s chapter the answer.

Day 218 - Numbers 18

V.1-5 What a wonderful answer! The Lord cannot lower the standard of His holiness, but here He makes full provision so that “there be no wrath upon the children of Israel.” The tribe of Levi was to be “joined” to Aaron. They were privileged to serve, but they must be obedient to Aaron the High Priest. How sad and confusing it is when a believer chooses his own kind of service. Worship must precede service.

V.8-10 It is good to serve the Lord, but it is more important still to worship Him. They were to “eat” the sin offering in the “holy place.” This really means that we should feel deeply and with sorrow, the sin of any believer. We forget this, and perhaps scold and correct someone who fails, without feeling the burden of that sin and our own failure.

V.14-19 Both people and unclean beasts had to be redeemed.

V.20 Aaron’s possession was the Lord Himself.

V.31 The tithes and gifts that were brought to the Lord were given to the Levites and they and their households were to eat and enjoy them. What a happy thing to find households where those things which are the Lord’s are enjoyed together in the home and family.

Day 219 - Numbers 19

Although you may find this chapter hard to understand at first, it is very important for us all to try. For it is a picture of your life as a believer today. God here is telling us how awful SIN is to Him. Not the sins we did before we were saved, but those we do after. You will never be punished for one sin you ever do, for the Lord Jesus has been punished for them (John 13:10). But God our Father knows that the sins we do after we’re saved spoil our communion with Him, and also make us unhappy. You and I need to learn what God is saying to us by this illustration. God has provided a way for us. Let’s learn what it is.

V.2 The red calf (heifer) without a spot, of course is a picture of Christ.

V.3-8 The calf is taken outside the camp, killed, blood brought back, and sprinkled 7 times in front of the tabernacle (Lev. 14:7); Death or blood are not mentioned again in this chapter. All a picture of Christ, His death outside the city of Jerusalem, and His blood shed. Through His one sacrifice our sins are gone forever. 7 is the perfect number.

V.9-10 But now the ASHES are kept — a constant reminder of the death of the heifer. We don’t need to be saved again if we believers sin, but we need to remind ourselves of what it cost the Lord Jesus to put away our sins. Sometimes we are careless about the things we believers do, but God isn’t. Read verse 9 and see how similar it is to what Joseph did in Matthew 27:59.

V.11-16 They surely had to be careful not to touch a dead body. We also should remember that socializing with the world spoils our communion with the Lord.

V.17-22 The ashes and water are sprinkled on the unclean person. Notice that it took four days for the person to be restored to full communion. We don’t get back into communion as quickly as we get out of it. May we have the same horror of sin as God has.

Day 220 - Numbers 20, Verses 1-13

To refresh your memory of what is happening to Israel. They had refused to believe that God was able to give them the promised land, so God had sent them out into the wilderness until every man over 20 years (at that time) has died.

V.1 You remember that when they had been brought through the Red Sea, Miriam, Moses’ and Aaron’s sister, had sung a joyful song (Ex. 15:20-21). Now she dies — the remembrance of Israel’s first joy passes into sorrow. Isn’t that just like us? The early joy of salvation, soon passes away, when we are disobedient to God. See Numbers 13:17, but particularly verse 26 for what had happened 38 years before. Now they are back to Kadesh!

V.2-5 Israel not only forgot their earlier joy, but forgot the power of a loving God which was able to care for their every need. Read this bitter attack on Moses and Aaron.

V.6 Once again Moses and Aaron control themselves, go quietly from the complaining people to a compassionate LORD! The right Person and the right place.

V.7-9 “The rod” is Aaron’s. Aaron’s rod is a picture of grace, the rod of Moses is a picture of power. Moses is told to speak to the rock. The rock had been struck once (Ex. 17). This is a picture of the cross of Christ — read Heb. 10:12 “one offering;” also Psa. 78:15. Speaking to it, introduces to us the power of the Holy Spirit Who sustains us over and over again, during “our wilderness journey” here on earth today. Just speaking, not smiting.

V.10-11 Moses makes serious mistakes. (1) Uses his own rod, and (2) smites the rock twice. The Lord is gracious! The water flows out, BUT ...

V.12 Moses is told the consequences of his acts — he will not lead God’s people into the land! Although believers often are disobedient to the Word of God, the Lord graciously has mercy, but He cannot, and will not reward disobedience. We today don’t look for approval for our acts by results we can see, but we get the assurance of our approval from the Word of God.

Day 221 - Numbers 20, Verses 14-29

V.14-21 The people of Edom were descendants of Esau, Jacob’s brother. You remember that long before this, Jacob had deceived his father Isaac and stolen the birthright blessing belonging to Esau or Edom (Gen. 27). Now the descendants of these 2 men face each other! Israel must suffer for the deed of long before. We reap what we sow (Eccl. 3:15). But, to encourage you, don’t forget, He remembers also the good (Mark 9:41).

V.22-29 The chapter begins and ends with death. Now Aaron. Though Aaron didn’t act, he associated himself with Moses, and so shared the Lord’s displeasure. God is telling us that we are held responsible for our associations. Aaron’s son become: high priest.

Day 222 - Numbers 21

V.1-3 Israel makes an agreement with the Lord.

V.4-9 All works well. But are the people of Israel happy? (1) They spoke against God and Moses; (2) they ask why they were ever delivered out of Egypt; (3) Told an untruth — they had bread, the manna — they had water Numbers 20:11 and (4) they loathed (despised) the manna. The Lord sends fiery serpents; when the people were bitten, they died. The people confess, “we have sinned.” How seldom we believers say this to the Lord, finding other things to blame, seldom ourselves. The whole story is a remarkable picture of sin and salvation through the Lord Jesus being lifted up on the cross (read John 3:14-15). One look to Christ is life; one look at the serpent was healing. Jesus was made sin for us who believe (2 Cor. 5:21).

V.16 How gracious of the Lord. He loves to gather people together!

V.17 The result — they sing. The Lord Jesus is our well (John 4:14-15).

V.21-35 The different races of people feared, resented, hated and were jealous of the Israelites. Each enemy had one of these characteristics. We believers find ourselves surrounded by spiritual enemies today (2 Cor. 10:3-6; Eph. 6:10-17). Even other believers criticize us when we speak or write the truth (Gal. 4:16). But let us not fear. Notice what the Lord did in these verses for Israel.

Day 223 - Numbers 22

Another enemy opposes the approach of Israel toward the land the Lord had chosen for them. Moab is a picture of religious corruption. They were very close to Israel, just across the Jordan. Look at Zeph. 2:8-11; Ezek. 25:8-11.

V.1-7 The Moabites are afraid of the Israelites — they had heard of what had happened to some of their neighbors. They decide to hire a man named Balaam to come and curse these Israelites. We will see how gracious God was to Israel. They had miserably failed to obey Him, but the Lord turns this attempt to curse Israel, into the pronouncing of blessing!

V.8-14 We might think that what Balaam did was right because he asked God what to do. But we’ll see he was wrong. He knew very well that he ought to have said “NO.” Before you read any further, turn to 2 Peter 2:15. We evaluate right from wrong only by the Word of God, and not by our opinion.

V.15-17 King Balak, more determined than ever to curse Israel, now sends men of higher rank and influence, to try to get Balaam to come to him. They promise Balaam unlimited rewards.

V.18-19 Lofty words about wanting to know what the Lord’s mind was — remember what 2 Peter 2:15 says — while he really wanted to go.

V.20-21 God allows him to go because God sees his determination. The next verse proves this.

V.22-35 Amazing story. Apart from the serpent in Eden, the only case in Scripture of an animal speaking. It saves his life. Balaam persists in his own will, yet using such holy talk.

V.36-41 King Balak welcomes Balaam with idolatrous offerings. A most instructive chapter. It reveals our own treacherous heart. We can profess to be wanting to know the Lord’s will for us, yet persisting in our own ways.

Day 224 - Numbers 23

V.1-4 Three visions or messages that Balaam gets from the Lord. These four verses are the first. But in contrast with this, we read of these two wicked men’s plots. All appearing to be so holy.

V.5-7 The Lord puts words in Balaam’s mouth.

V.8-10 Instead of a curse, Balaam announces the first of three blessings. Here we see God’s chosen people set apart to God separated, or to use New Testament language, “sanctified” (v. 9).

V.11-17 Back to King Balak’s plot to curse Israel. Notice that another place is tried. Satan uses different ways.

V.18-24 The second announcement from the Lord — we can use another New Testament word, “justified.” God’s view of His people. Not one sin seen by God. This is your position if you are a child of God.

V.25-30 King Balak tries another place.

Day 225 - Numbers 24

V.1 This helps us to see the source of Balaam’s work — enchantment, which is like witchcraft. It is Satanic.

V.2-9 The third vision from God — God’s view of Israel — their acceptance before God and the blessings to follow. In verse 2, Balaam saw Israel’s camp in unity and order, according to their tribes. In verse 5 he sees how beautiful the camp looked, in verse 6 he senses the sweet fragrances as from gardens beside nourishing waters, in verse 7 the abundance of everything needed to make them comfortable and happy, in verse 8 the power of God for them and with them, and in verse 9 God’s acceptance of them and the blessings which flow from that acceptance.

V.10-14 King Balak and Balaam fall out. Balaam is told to go, but before he goes he tells Balak Israel’s glorious future and what they would do to King Balak’s nation!

V.15-19 This final vision is like a burst of light — the promise of a Star, it appeared to the wise men (Matt. 2:1-2) and a Scepter (a rod symbolizing kingly authority) the coming of the Lord Jesus Christ as King to crush all evil and establish a kingdom of power and glory.

V.20-25 Balaam ends his visions by telling of the destruction of the different nations which surround Israel.

Day 226 - Numbers 25

V.1-3 Israel is preserved from the curse of King Balak, only to fall into another evil — committing fornication with the women of Moab. But this led to worse association, even to idol worship (Read 1 Cor. 10:20).

V.4-5 The Lord orders a dreadful punishment on the guilty men.

V.6-18 One faithful man Phinehas is jealous for God’s glory and carries out swift punishment on the wickedness. For this (vvs. 11-13) the Lord gave a special blessing to him. This man’s faithfulness saved Israel from far worse punishment. Notice how many died from the plague God sent (v. 9), and the two specially mentioned very prominent people. God is no respecter of persons, whether high or low. Nor does God allow us to forget that He hates sin, for in 1 Corinthians 10:8 He reminds us of this awful affair.

Day 227 - Numbers 26

God is taking care to tell us that He knows and has a record of every man who journeyed through the wilderness. There may be times when we believers wonder if the Lord really takes much notice of us when there are so many others who are living and dying in this world. But He does know you personally by name, and watches over you every day. All He asks us to do is to obey Him! He will make us happy and He will be happy too. How foolish we often are, not to obey Him!

V.63-65 At the beginning of the journey through the wilderness, there were 600,000 men, besides women and children. When they are numbered now at the end of the journey, there are just 2 men left of the original group. All the other men have died in the wilderness and their children have now grown up. God loved them, and brought them out of Egypt, but because of their unbelief and their murmurings, they lost the joy of entering the land of “milk and honey.” It doesn’t mean they all went to hell. Perhaps there were many who really had no faith at all, and just followed the crowd. Such were truly lost, but there were many others who had faith, and trusted in the Lord. However through their unbelief and murmurings, they missed the blessing of entering the land of Canaan. Joshua and Caleb believed God’s promise. They were kept through those 40 years, to enter into the land.

Day 228 - Numbers 27

V.1-11 A few had real faith. There were many around who didn’t seem to care very much about their inheritance, but here were 5 sisters without any brothers, who cared very much. But today, God has given us, men, women, boys and girls, such wonderful spiritual blessings and an “inheritance.” Do we value it?

V.7 The Lord promises that they will not lose their inheritance.

V.12-13 What sad news for Moses. He can take a good look at the promised land, but he is told that he must die, and will not be able to lead the people into the land.

V.15-17 What an unselfish man! Instead of thinking only about himself, and the sorrow of being forbidden to enter the land, he thinks of the people of God, and he asks the Lord to take care of them, and to choose someone else to lead them so that they will not be as sheep without a shepherd.

Day 229 - Numbers 28

V.2 Notice the words “my” and “me.” God Himself delights in that which would point to the coming of His beloved Son, the Lord Jesus. When the Lord Jesus died on the cross, it was that our sins might be put away. But it is important for us to remember that there was a first purpose in His death, and that was that He died for God’s glory. This sacrifice was a perfect delight to the heart of God Himself. Let us remember this, for it is very important. If we were to read this chapter, and the next one, we would find that the “sin offering” is mentioned 13 times, but the “sweet savor” offerings are mentioned 58 times. What is the difference? The sin offering would remind us of the Lord Jesus putting away our sins by bearing the punishment from God and shedding His blood for us. But the sweet savor offerings would remind us of how precious and sweet that offering up of the Lord Jesus was to God Himself The more you understand this, the richer will be your praise to God.

V.4 Morning and evening there was to be that offering of the lamb. For us today it is a reminder of the precious Person of the Lord Jesus, offering Himself up to God.

V.6-31 We ought always to be rejoicing in the Lord, and offering up to God, that which would tell Him of our delight in His beloved Son, our Savior. Do you wish to offer up a sacrifice? Then just look up and thank God for the gift of His beloved Son (Heb. 13:15).

Day 230 - Numbers 29

V.1-6 The burnt offering is a picture of the perfect One Who was such a delight to the heart of God — the Lord Jesus who “offered Himself without spot to God,” and in Whom God found such perfect delight. It is truly wonderful to know a little bit of what the Lord Jesus has done for me, and of how His mighty sacrifice has put away my sins. But let us not forget that He means more to God His Father than He does to any one of us. Read carefully and slowly John 17:4.

V.12-40 On the 15th day, they were to bring an offering of 13 young bullocks. That would be a very great and costly offering to present to the Lord. Through the days that follow to the 8th day, the number of Bullocks becomes less and less until on the eighth day it is just one. Even though we may not know as much about the Lord as some others, God delights in all that we are able to enjoy of the beauty and the loveliness of Christ. Don’t hesitate to praise Him and to thank Him. He looks at your heart and He values very much your thoughts about His beloved Son. Try to remember what the Lord Jesus has done for God’s glory first. Then what He has done for you.

Day 231 - Numbers 30

A vow is a promise that is made, and here refers to promises made to the Lord.

V.3 A woman makes a promise or vow to the Lord. Sometimes we make promises that we are not able to carry out. Or perhaps we wish we had never made that promise. When a woman made a vow, she had to keep her word. No matter how difficult it might be, she could not go back on her word.

V.8 The remarkable provision. If her husband or her father (v. 5) heard her make a vow and he knew that it would be very difficult for her to keep that vow, then he could “disallow” that vow (vvs. 13-15). Her husband had the right to let her bear the full responsibility of her vow, or if she didn’t he must himself. Then she is free from the responsibility.

V.15 “Then he shall bear her iniquity.” What a lesson there is in all this! At the crucifixion of our Lord Jesus, the leaders of Israel cried out to Pilate, “His blood be on us and on our children.” What a terrible vow! They said we know what we are doing, we want this Man to be put to death and we will take the full guilt of it to ourselves and to our children. If that vow stood, then there could be no blessing for that nation forever. They would always be held guilty of the murder of the Lord Jesus, and God Himself could not bless them. But the Lord Jesus heard that terrible vow — He really was like the husband of Israel. Though He was the rejected and hated One, He did not want that terrible vow to stand. So He said, “Father forgive them, for they know not what they do.” He disallowed (canceled) that vow! What wonderful love! He wanted them to be blessed and forgiven and took the guilt upon Himself instead. And now God is free to bless His people Israel, and He will do it after we believers are taken to be with the Lord.

Day 232 - Numbers 31

We have read in chapters 22 to 25 how that the Midianites tried to separate God by Israel by using Balaam; and couldn’t succeed. Then they tried to separate Israel from God by leading the men of Israel into immorality with the women of Midian, and partly succeeded. Balaam seemed to escape any punishment. But today, in verses 1-3 we see interesting statements. In verses 1-2 The Lord said to Moses, “avenge the children of Israel of the Midianites”, but in verse 3, we read that Moses said to the people “avenge the Lord of Midian.” So both were accomplished!

Then in verse 2 we learn that God wasn’t going to let Moses die without his seeing this disgrace completely blotted out.

V.3-12 Because God was working behind the scenes, it did not require a huge army, even if Midian was very powerful. Notice that Phinehas, the priest, accompanied the army! He was better than some great captain.

V.13-24 The women were the cause of the sin, so Moses was angry because the officers were not destroying them. Nothing could be used by Israel which did not go through the fire, the judgment of God.

V.25-54 When the Israelites had left the land of Egypt years before, they took with them much of the treasures of the land. Here they keep for themselves, and give part to the Lord, of the spoils of the enemies of the Lord. When they turned to Him in obedience, the Lord in His grace brings in blessing.

Day 233 - Numbers 32

V.1-5 Some of the people from three of the tribes didn’t want to go across the Jordan River. They looked at the good pasture land on the wilderness side of the river. It seemed a good place to stay. So they told Moses that they didn’t want to go across the Jordan river. What is this like in our Christian life? Something like this — the River Jordan is a picture of our death with Christ on the cross. Romans 6:3-11 and Galatians 2:20 tell us this. We are citizens of heaven, not of earth. (Read Col. 3:1-3). To enjoy our heavenly blessings (Eph. 1:3) now, we need to realize we have died with Christ to sin and the world, and are alive with Him now in our heavenly life. If we look around and say “well this isn’t too bad a place, I’ll just enjoy it,” we would be like these people in our chapter. Now, take a minute to read Joshua 14:1-2 to see what they lost.

V.6-15 Moses was very displeased about this. His eyes were set on the land God had promised to give the people.

V.16-19 Those who had said they didn’t want to go across the river, promise that they will go and help the rest of their brethren take the land, and afterward return.

V.20-42 Moses accepts this. When we are determined to have our own way, God sometimes allows it. Later we find out the troubles that come with it. If we were to follow the history of these two and a half tribes, we would find that they were the first ones to be carried away into captivity when the enemy came against them (1 Chron. 5:25-26). May we not be worldly-minded believers.

Day 234 - Numbers 33

V.1-49 The faithfulness and care of the Lord has kept a record of the wanderings of His people for over forty years. Every place they stopped along the way is written down, The Lord also keeps a record of our lives, and some day He will review it step by step. And then we will praise Him for His faithfulness in spite of our failures. The Lord Himself went with them in all those wanderings.

V.50-56 After this long account, they are told that when they enter into the land, they are to drive out those who had lived there, so that they would not be influenced by their evil ways. They were warned that if they left them there, and tried to live among them, that it would be a continual trial and problem to them. This is a lesson for us. We are journeying heavenward, where we shall never have any of these trials and battles. But we know what trials there are now. We know that we have to work with those who do not live the Lord Jesus, and who mock us if we speak well of Him. Let us see to it that we do not make friends with them, but remain separate from them. We are to witness to them about the Lord. Separation is not the same as isolation.

Day 235 - Numbers 34

V.1 The Lord says “when ye come into the land.” He does not say “if,” for He had promised, and He was going to keep that promise. And the very same Hand that had brought them out of Egypt, and had kept them through those 40 years in the wilderness, would also divide to them the land that flowed with “milk and honey.” So here we read of the borders of that land.

V.16. These two men, Eleazar the priest and Joshua, are to divide the promised land among the twelve tribes.

V.19-29 A prince was to be put in charge of each tribe. Remember that He has also promised to us a “land” above — our blessings cannot be measured by boundaries nor miles. Even now, we are so richly blessed, and the Lord wants us to enjoy all. The height and depth, and breadth and length cannot be measured (Eph. 3:17-19). It is all ours, for we are heirs of God and joint-heirs with Jesus Christ.

Day 236 - Numbers 35

V.11 The cities of refuge were for someone who had killed anyone “at unawares” that is, by accident. We can see from the end of verse 16, that if it was actual murder, then the man who did it, must be put to death. Always remember that murder comes from Satan John 8:44.

V.25 The one who fled to the city of refuge was to remain there until the death of the High Priest, and then he could come back to the place where the death had taken place, and he would be free. But from verses 26 and 27 we see that if he came out of that city before the death of the high priest, then he could be put to death. Now let us apply this story. The Lord Jesus loved His guilty people Israel so much, that He said “Father forgive them, for they know not what they do.” If the Lord had not said this, they would have been guilty of murder, and there could be no blessing for them forever. But now, we might say, they are guilty of “manslaughter,” and God has permitted them to take refuge among the nations where they are scattered. They are going back to their land right now while the great High Priest (the Lord Jesus) is still in glory, and they will be punished there in the land for their disobedience. After the Lord has come to take us believers to Himself in heaven, He will bring the believing Israelites to their land and He will appear there. Though this chapter is about God’s people, Israel, it is an illustration of the refuge (safe place) we have found in our Lord Jesus. Let us thank God for it.

Day 237 - Numbers 36

In chapter 27 we had the beginning of the story of the daughters of this man Zelophehad. Now we get the conclusion. In Israel, if a girl had no brothers, she received the inheritance of her father. She was to marry a man from her own tribe, otherwise her inheritance would go to her husband’s tribe. God wanted each tribe to remain distinct. (Let us remember the lesson for ourselves. There is an “inheritance” that ought to be valued and never, never given up. There are many young believers who love the Lord Jesus and who value the “inheritance” that they have in Him. How sad to hear of believers who have made friends, and have even married someone who is kind and pleasant but who does not love the Lord and cares nothing for the heavenly inheritance. There are sorrows in this condition, and the Lord has warned us against them (2 Cor. 6:14). To the unbeliever this is just a book of “numbers,” but to us who know the Lord Jesus as Savior, it is a great encouragement as we pass through this world to glory. The more we are enjoying the Lord, the more we will realize that this world is a wilderness.

Day 238 - Philippians 1, Verses 1-10

The book of “Numbers” has been the history of Israel’s journey through the wilderness, so it is suitable for us today to turn to a New Testament book which is written for OUR journey through the world (our wilderness). Paul, who wrote it, was a prisoner in Rome for being a believer in Christ. We certainly can learn plenty from Philippians, IF we realize we’re in Satan’s world. But, throughout this book we’ll see the Central Figure of it — CHRIST. He was the Perfect Servant (2:6-11), the troubles, disappointments and dangers in this world which we experience are what He had from people. So we need to keep our eye on HIM (Phil. 4:13).

V.1 Paul takes a low place as a servant with Timothy. He loved the believers so much that he was always encouraging, strengthening and building them up. The difficult experiences through which they passed only gave Paul an opportunity to show them that these were for their own good and the glory of God. The Lord orders every circumstance in the believer’s life.

V.4 There is no other epistle which has so much about joy in it. Here is the first. The dangers, sorrows sufferings and trials only made the joy more noticeable!

V.5 Their interest in the gospel had been steady right from the start.

V.6-9 Nor would it taper off, but go on unto the perfect day, the day of Jesus Christ. He only longs that their love to others would grow. This would result in their growing in knowledge and intelligence.

V.10 He prayed that those who had begun with Christ, would go on with Christ, have nothing but Christ before their eyes, and keep on this path without a stumble till the day of Christ. May we experience this more and more.

Day 239 - Philippians 1, Verses 11-30

V.11 Paul’s purpose in writing to them was that they might complete his joy by living the joyful life God purposed for them. What an unselfish desire! To be filled with this fruit. Not just sometimes, but constant, steady, overflowing.

V.12-20 He tells about his circumstances, and points out that they really enabled the gospel to be preached more. If Christ is seen in the middle of trials, what sweetness comes out of it for the believer!

V.21 Paul had one object in life — to live for Christ every moment of the day.

V.22-26 He longed to go and be with Christ, but possibly he was needed here on earth, and so was content, either way.

V.27-30 Grand words. The first few words of verse 27 are as if he were saying “only conduct yourself in such a way as to be worthy of the good news about Christ.” Is this true of us?

V.28 The gospel is a sign to the lost that they are going to perish, but to the believers that it is their salvation.

V.29 The road may be rough. There are two things to do believe and suffer. Paul had experienced both.

Day 240 - Philippians 2, Verses 1-11

V.1-4 In order for them to have love one for another, they would have to see each other as enjoying Christ. Then each would think better of other believers than they did of themselves.

V.5-11 The Son of God made two steps downward and two upward in these verses.

V.5-7 He emptied Himself, becoming a Man and a Servant.

V.8 Secondly, as a Man He humbled Himself and became obedient unto the awful death of the cross.

V.9-10 Now two steps upward. He, as the Man Jesus, is highly exalted and given a name which is above every name. Every knee will bow to His name as Lord.

V.11 And secondly, every tongue is going to confess that He is Lord to the glory of God the Father.

Day 241 - Philippians 2, Verses 12-30

V.12 They were more obedient in Paul’s absence than in his presence. So they had to be enjoying all the consolations that were in Christ and live out that life day by day.

V.13 Shows what God was doing for them in their life.

V.14-16 What they had the power to do in their life, because of verse 13.

V.17 The secret of true service is true humility.

V.19-23 Timothy was very dear to Paul, and was with him at this time, but he was willing to part with Timothy, even though he would feel the loneliness of the Roman prison.

V.20-21 Paul looked for someone whom he could send to them with a message, but everyone but Timothy was too busy with their own things!

V.22, 23 What a privilege for this young (about 11 years after Acts 16) man to carry out this job for Paul.

V.25-30 Another faithful man. His name means “lovely.” He surely sounds as if he lived it out. He was concerned that the Philippians had heard that he was ill! He knew that they would be worried until they heard how he was. What love for each other!

Day 242 - Philippians 3

This chapter is quite different from the rest of the book. Up to now, and continuing in chapter 4, there is the quietness of love working. This chapter brings in activity. In Matthew chapter 23, we hear the Lord pronouncing woe upon woe on the religious evil. So here we find something of the same thing — warnings against religious evil.

V.2 “Concision,” those who were half and half. Not completely separate from evil.

V.3 “Circumcision” is here spiritual. It is a type of complete separation (contrast with verse 2).

V.4-7 If anyone has something to boast about, even religiously, Paul had more. Truth makes us humble. Our opinions make us proud.

V.8-12 Sometimes when a person first accepts the Lord Jesus as Savior, there is a burst of energy and devotion to Christ, but after a while it dies down. If the 7th verse described his earlier days as a Christian, the 8th verse shows that he hasn’t changed.

V.11 The more a person enjoys Christ here, the more he longs to be with Him above.

V.13-16 We are to forget any progress we may have made in our souls, and press on to the glorious future.

V.17-19 Another type of religious evil — making Christianity an earthly thing, even using the name of the Lord.

V.20-21 Again he turns our hearts to Christ, and reminds us that we are heavenly citizens. “Conversation” means how we live.

V.21 Our bodies changed to be fit for God’s presence and to feel happy to be there!

Day 243 - Philippians 4

V.1 Count the expressions of affection.

V.3 Women can be helping in many ways. A woman shines most where she does not appear publicly. A woman brings no honor to herself, or to the Lord by trying to do a man’s work. Scripture plainly describes the place for each.

V.4 When are we to rejoice in the Lord?

V.5-7 In these verses there are two things to be “let known,” One to people (v. 5), the other to God (v. 6). We are to be anxious (full of care) about nothing. Because the Lord is near. But now the positive side — we are to let our requests be made known to God. But thank Him first!

V.7 Look at the promised result. It is beyond understanding! God is a God of peace.

V.8-9 Then our heart is going to be ready, and free from all care, to think about these things.

V.10-23 Verse 11, Paul says “I have learned.” In our journey through life (our wilderness), may it be our experience to learn our lessons.

Day 244 - 1 Corinthians 1, Verses 1-17

We are grouping four books in the New Testament — Philippians, 1 Corinthians, Galatians and Colossians — as books which contain teachings for us in our journey through life as believers, on our way to heaven. The book of Numbers has shown us illustrations which help us understand these four New Testament books.

First Corinthians will show us the pitfalls into which we can tumble if we are not careful. Divisions amongst Christians, immorality allowed amongst them, and many more. We might say that the first part, to 10:14, is like a series of danger sign posts along the side of the road, telling where NOT to go; the last part, signs with instructions where to go. The Corinthians were very clever and educated, they had great ability, were very fine speakers etc. But they were depending on these natural abilities rather than on the Lord. The result is always the same; it divides believers; exactly what has happened to the Christians today. Hundreds of groups or denominations, all claiming to be right.

Read verse 10. God never asks us to do something without giving us the power to do it (Phil. 4:13; 2 Pet. 1:3-4). Do these encourage you? Does God cause a division or do men? Is it possible to find the right way? Are you willing in your heart to want to be guided to that way?

V.8-9 Though they were very careless, and were doing many things they should not, he reminds them that the Lord Jesus would never fail in His work for them.

V.10 Most important. God wants all believers to be perfectly joined together in happy fellowship. There could not be even two groups, for that would destroy this verse. There was only one at the beginning.

V.11 Here was the beginning of division.

V.12-13 There is one center. Christ is the center. In heaven we shall all be gathered around a glorified Christ. Now on earth the Spirit of God gathers us around a rejected Christ. (Read carefully John 17:20-21). Words can never persuade, it is only the submission of our will to God. Are we willing?

Day 245 - 1 Corinthians 1, Verses 17-31

V.17-18 Clever words may make the cross of Christ sound foolish. And clever words can make the narrow path of following Christ sound foolish too.

V.19-28 Foolish things and weak things. Wise things and strong things. Which do we choose? Notice what God has chosen.

V.23 A crucified Christ was a stumbling block to the Jews. It was like a catch on a trap — when it is touched, it makes the trap door fall. And the cross was foolishness to the Gentiles. These Corinthian believers were very much affected by what the Jews and Gentiles thought because they were using the head not their heart. They were under the influence of the Jewish and Gentile thinking.

V.24 What a contrast; power and wisdom of God were theirs.

V.26-29 Not many wise, not many powerful, nor many high-born people are chosen to be saved, so that no one can boast, except in belonging to Christ.

V.30-31 What glorious words for each believer in Christ to be rejoicing in.

Day 246 - 1 Corinthians 2

V.1-8 Nothing looked weaker, nor more shameful, than Christ crucified. The Corinthians did not want the shame side of Christianity. Only the nice, respectable, intelligent and gifted side. But unless we are willing to see this, we will continue to keep believers divided. It is pride which keeps us from surrendering our will to the Lord. The correction to every evil spoken of in Corinthians is to be willing to make Christ the Lord (Master) of our life.

V.9 Quoted from Isaiah 64:4, which goes as far as the Old Testament could go. But ...

V.10 Now we have the Holy Spirit. He tells us God’s secrets, if we walk in obedience to His Word. We never could understand them with our intelligence, and this is what is now going to be explained.

V.11-16 Who could understand a man’s thoughts, except the man himself? In the same way only God’s Spirit knows God’s thoughts.

V.12 But believers have received that same Spirit. It is in the power of that Spirit that we now can understand God perfectly! We are one with Him. Now don’t confuse what we are saying. We are not saying that every believer automatically knows and understands God and His Word. Disobedience and carelessness hinder this. But this Scripture is saying that all believers have that ability.

Day 247 - 1 Corinthians 3

V.1-9 “Carnal” means to be worldly — like the unsaved people of the world. This must have been a shock to these proud people when they heard what Paul was saying to them! They had a very good opinion of themselves, and this was the very reason why they could not understand what Paul was saying.

V.10-23 Very, very important. There are two buildings which are being built. The church of God, and the house of God. Christ only builds the first (Eph. 2:22). Against His work the gates of hell cannot stand (Matt. 16:18). Men build the second. The house of God is something like the kingdom of heaven. Everyone who says he is a Christian is in these latter two. True believers and mere professors are both in the house of God and kingdom of heaven. Only true believers are in the church of God — kingdom of God. An unsaved minister can be building the house of God. If he tells his listeners to do the best they can so they can go to heaven, he is using wood, hay and stubble. But if we tell the truth about God’s Word, we are using gold, silver, precious stones.

V.15 A believer might build badly, by saying things about the Scriptures which are not correct. He is using wood, hay and stubble. All this will be burned up, but he won’t be. Fire is a picture of the searching judgment of God.

Day 248 - 1 Corinthians 4

V.3 The Corinthian assembly or church was going on so badly that Paul says that it mattered little to him what their opinion of him was. And he adds that he could not even trust his own opinions of himself.

V.4 Means that he didn’t know of anything in his life that was wrong. But he adds that this was not the deciding thing. It was the Lord — the Master of his life — who decided. But he did not have a bad conscience. Do we?

V.7 If one believer has more ability than another to do something for the Lord, it comes from God. Every believer has been given a special job to do (Mark 13:34).

V.14-21 The Corinthians were very critical of Paul, and while he lets this go on, he warns them of the power he has from God, as God’s Apostle.

Day 249 - 1 Corinthians 5, Verses 1-5

V.1-5 Paul brings a serious charge against them. That they were allowing a man to be in the assembly who was living with his father’s second wife. They were so pleased with all the ability they had, that they were not judging this evil. They were responsible for what was going on and it was no secret.

V.2 But first they had to humble themselves. If there was no humbling then they would never put the man away. If they did humble themselves then they would act quickly.

V.5 This may puzzle some. It appears as if it might mean that this person would go to hell, but this could never happen to a believer. Always note the exact words of Scripture when you do not understand. It says “For the destruction of the flesh,” not “the soul or the spirit.” These can never be destroyed. (Read 1 Cor. 11:29-30). Though Paul was an apostle, and therefore had power to do this, he didn’t. But he tells them to do it and to put away this man from the assembly. The former can’t be done today because there are no apostles, but the assembly can do the second thing as verses 7 and 13 say plainly.

Day 250 - 1 Corinthians 5, Verses 6-13

V.6 If they allowed this to go on, it would harm the whole assembly. Power to carry out discipline comes from the Lord’s presence. If we make the rules, then it would be a care of our carrying out discipline. The Word of God must be our authority. Moral sin comes from the natural mind.

V.7 “Purge,” means to clean completely, is only used twice in the New testament. Here and in 2 Timothy 2:21. In this instance they were to put away from themselves this wicked person. In 2 Timothy 2:21, the person who wanted to please the Lord was to separate from others who were not living in obedience to the Bible.

V.6-8 He explains the reason for such treatment. The Lord Jesus is in the middle of them. If they allowed a little evil, it would spread to all, and then the Lord Jesus could no longer be with them. Doctrinal evil is worse than moral evil for it attacks Christ and His work. In this chapter it is moral evil in the man, but doctrinal evil (1 Cor. 15:12) and ecclesiastical evil, verse 2, in the assembly. Putting the man away didn’t clear them. 2 Corinthians 7:11 shows that it took longer for the assembly to judge themselves than to judge the man. For their state of soul was so bad that the man had gone on in the assembly without his conscience being touched.

V.10-13 If an unsaved person was immoral, it was different from a person who was called “a believer.” From this last person they were to separate (keep away from); not even to eat an ordinary meal. But it might not be possible to keep away from immoral unbelievers, for then they would have to leave the world, because there are so many immoral people. Do you see the difference? When we are gathered around the Lord Jesus Christ to remember Him in His death, to take the bread and the wine, then there could be no known evil allowed in His Presence. It is because of His Holy Person that the care must be taken. When Christians receive any person who claims to be a believer, it is usually because they are not conscious of having the Lord’s presence in the midst.

Day 251 - 1 Corinthians 6

V.1-11 Another evil which was going on in the assembly at Corinth. When they had an argument with a person over something which they owned, they were taking that person to court. He tells them that the better way is to give in and take the loss. Then he reminds them that the believers are going to judge the world and angels too! If that be so, surely they could settle their disputes.

V.9-11 He reminds them that a greater Judge (God) sees everything.

V.12-20 The city of Corinth was one of the most depraved, immoral cities, yet the Greeks were the most educated, clever thinkers, whose writings are still in the world. Greek philosophy is spreading once more. The believers had formerly been living in all this corruption. After they had been saved a while, the first love was cooling, and they were beginning to go back to their old habits. They were falling into the trap of thinking that so long as they were pure in spirit, they could do what they liked with their bodies. They are reminded that the Holy Spirit lived in their bodies.

Day 252 - 1 Corinthians 7

The subject of marriage is next. You will notice that sometimes Paul says he writes at the commandment of God, and other times he says he is giving his opinion. But never forget that the whole chapter is inspired. However, God makes a higher distinction. The commandments of Paul are God’s revelation. The opinions of Paul are by God’s inspiration. Never forget that the whole chapter is inspired. It is all God’s Word. Marriage is a beautiful picture of the relationship between Christ the Bridegroom, and us the bride. We, the bride-to-be of Christ, do not tell Him what to do. We are subject (obedient) to Him.

V.20-24 In those days there were many slaves. Some of them heard about the Lord Jesus Christ, and accepted Him as Savior. Now they might wonder what they should do.

V.22 But those who were free should remember that when they accepted Christ as their Savior, they became His servant! This is good for us to remember in a land of liberty.

V.25-40 Then we have different relationships mentioned. Notice how the Lord or His coming is brought into each problem. It makes it easier to solve. The believer is in a changing world. All will pass away. We are to live with this thought in mind.

V.40 The fewer entanglements, the happier she would be.

Day 253 - 1 Corinthians 8

Now the subject of idols. There were two things to learn about in this. Firstly, that the idol was nothing. Secondly, that they must remember that it might be something to the conscience of other believers. Some believers might connect the idols with demons, and feel that they should not eat meat which had been offered to an idol in a heathen temple.

V.1 A person who had knowledge that an idol was nothing, had to be careful. Love for God, and concern for one another, are needed. We must remember that the greater the knowledge the greater the responsibility.

V.7 If a person has a bad conscience about something, he must stop doing it, or he is going to lose his sweet confidence toward the Lord.

V.13 Paul says this because he had such love for his brethren, the believers.

Day 254 - 1 Corinthians 9

V.1-2 Some of the Corinthians were asking if he really had the power and authority from God which he was claiming. He tells them that they themselves, having been saved through his preaching, were proof that he was a special Apostle from God.

V.4-6 He had the right to marry like any other person. But he had willingly given up that right for the Lord’s sake. Possibly he was thinking of chap. 7:33.

V.7-23 The Old Testament scriptures taught that when an ox was working, it should not be muzzled (Deut. 25:4). In our verse and 1 Timothy 5:18, God is teaching us that those who spend their full time preaching the gospel should be supported by those who have accepted the Lord Jesus. Paul, however, would not accept anything from the Corinthian assembly, because they were acting so badly.

V.18 Paul would not use the right he had to accept money from them so that the gospel would not cost them anything.

V.19 None of the other apostles had sent him out to preach. But he takes a lower place than they all.

V.20-23 He wasn’t trying to make people into Jews, he wanted them to turn to the Lord Jesus. He put himself to no end of trouble to win them to Christ.

V.24-27 Athletes give up all kinds of things while they are in training. Their aim is to win the prize. Their prizes fade away and perish, but the rewards which a believer wins are incorruptible, they can never fade.

Day 255 - 1 Corinthians 10, Verses 1-14

Much can be learned from today’s reading, but you will need to concentrate if you want to get the teaching it contains. The way God deals with Israel is very similar to how He deals with us believers in our day of grace. They were a redeemed people by the blood of the lamb in Egypt. So they are to be looked at as a picture (type) of us believers who have been redeemed by the blood of Christ. God was very kind to them, He is so kind to us. On their part, they were very disobedient and unfaithful, we must admit that we are likewise, very often.

V.1-4 God does everything. He delivers Israel out of Egypt, across the Red Sea, through the wilderness.

V.5-6 Now comes their responsibility, with warnings. Notice the warnings are for us. Israel took advantage of God’s kindness, and, as a result many perished in the wilderness (Num. 14:29-30, 35).

V.7-10 The word “neither” appears 4 times. That means that we are being warned, not they.

V.11 This is the key to open our understanding of all these ten verses. They are like true believers today who are not living in the truth they know. They are not growing spiritually, and therefore seem as if dead.

V.12-13 Also some only pretend they are believers. Many others, think they are Christians, but are not. Those who are truly the Lord’s shall be preserved, though they will not have peace and joy in their life so long as they have things on their conscience.

Day 256 - 1 Corinthians 10, Verses 15-33

At this verse a great change takes place in this book. In all these chapters up to verse 14 of today’s chapter, Paul has been writing to those who professed to be believers. Some were merely professors. In other words, he has been writing to the house of God at Corinth. God has let these two groups, that is, the true believers and those who only claim to be, go on together all through the “day of grace” period (now). When Paul was writing to the first group, he had opened with the subject of divisions among them (1 Cor. 1:10-17), But when he writes to the true believers (1 Cor. 10:16 to the end of the book), Paul opens with the subject of unity among them, and how it is displayed — the Lord’s table. Every true believer is in the unity of the one body (1 Cor. 12:13), but everyone does not keep the unity of the Spirit because we are told to be diligent to maintain it (Eph. 4:3). Let us ask ourselves these questions “Am I endeavoring to maintain the unity of the Spirit? Does my not keeping that unity touch my conscience?” These questions should be seriously considered by every reader of. Someday every one of us is going to have to answer to the Lord personally.

V.16-17 The blood of Christ is the foundation of the union of all believers while on earth. The cup of wine is the communion of that oneness. The one loaf (bread) is the symbol of that unity. Communion is having common joy in a common object — Christ is that Object. There obviously cannot be two unities for Christ is not divided (1 Cor. 1:13).

V.18-22 The illustration of this is the altar worship of Old Testament Israel (Lev. 7:11-34, but verses 15 and 19 mainly). The man who brought the sacrifice, ate part of it, but his friends must be clean, because they were partakers with him. For us today to be able to find Christ as the one gathering center requires separation from moral and doctrinal evil. We know when we are there. It is the Holy Spirit who gathers us, for it is His unity Eph. 4:3.

V.23-33 We believers aren’t to do the things which please ourselves. We must think of the effect this has on other believers. We are to consider the other person’s conscience.

Day 257 - 1 Corinthians 11, Verses 1-16

V.1-16 Here is an everyday problem; is a woman to wear a covering on her head when she prays? Some people try to evade the clearness of these verses by saying that her hair is her covering. If so, the hair would likewise be a covering for the man. But verse 4 makes it plain that a covering, not hair, is meant. Scripture would then use the word “shorn,” as it does in verse 6. A compromise in this leads to compromise on other things. The man is the head of the woman, and she puts a covering on her physical head to show she realizes that there is authority over her.

V.10 When a woman does this, she is seen by the angels, and it is a good witness. Angels ought not to see things done incorrectly, they can learn too!

V.7 The man represents God, although he surely has failed to live up to the position. Sometimes a monument is built to represent a certain man. It might not be exactly the same as the man, but it represents him. So man represents God. Man was originally made sinless. Man keeps the place of being the head, even though he is a fallen creature. When a woman who is a believer sees this, and believes God’s Word, then she will have no doubts that she should keep her head covered when she prays. And she does not pray out loud in the presence of a man.

V.16 There is to be no arguing about this point!

Day 258 - 1 Corinthians 11, Verses 17-34

V.17-19 Again we come to sad things in the assembly — divisions. This comes from disobedience. We can see why there were disorders in this assembly. “Heresies” and “sects” are the same thing. A man who divides believers is doing evil.

V.19 Many people say, “oh well, everyone has their opinion, it doesn’t matter.” But this verse shows that God is not pleased with divisions, and He will show who is right.

V.20-34 The eating of the Lord’s supper, (chapter 10 deals with the Lord’s table). Paul received his instructions about this by revelation. The truth concerning the assembly and the unity of the body (all believers) were committed to Paul to tell.

V.23-26 The privilege of every believer in the Lord Jesus Christ is to be gathered to His name, and to take the bread and the wine with all those who call upon the Lord out of a pure heart (2 Tim. 2:22). May the Lord give each one of us a tender conscience about this.

V.27-34 But if we are careless in the way we remember the Lord, we leave ourselves open to be condemned by the Lord Himself. That doesn’t mean we would go to hell, but we would be guilty of a serious evil. It would be like insulting the Lord Jesus. And he says that this sort of thing going on, was the reason why many believers were sick. Many had even died!

Day 259 - 1 Corinthians 12, Verses 1-13

When we accept the Lord Jesus Christ as our Savior, the Spirit of God comes to live in our body. He contrasts this power with the power of demons, which is just as real!

V.2 He reminds them that they used to be under the power of these demons.

V.3 No one, speaking in the power of the Spirit of God says “curse on Jesus.” And in contrast, no one can say “Lord Jesus” unless in the power of the Holy Spirit. Did you ever notice that when people curse, they never say this? They may take His name in vain, but not in this way.

V.4-11 God gives different believers different powers. But please notice that one person does not receive several gifts. A man who assumes a place among believers where he has to use more than one or two gifts is plainly in an unscriptural position.

V.13 All believers are in the one body. This unity cannot be divided.

Day 260 - 1 Corinthians 12, Verses 14-31

V.14 Warnings against setting up one man above others as in one-man ministry. As worshippers of God, all believers are equal.

V.15 Warnings against being independent of other believers. God wants all His children to be gathered around Christ, taking no other name but His.

V.14-31 A human body, if healthy, works in harmony — all members are necessary. The head controls all the body. We believers are all different members of the body of Christ. The Lord is the Head. Satan has succeeded in dividing believers into many denominations, thus depriving the Lord Jesus of some honor.

Day 261 - 1 Corinthians 13

This is the “charity” or “love” chapter. Yesterday we had the gifts and power which God gives to us. Tomorrow, the abilities which God may give. Today we read of the “oil” which makes both “machines” work. That oil is love. God is love. This chapter is speaking about love and reality. If we have the first, we have the second. It is not a definition of what love means, but rather how love works! But remember, this is divine love, God’s love. Human love fades when there is no response to it. Divine love doesn’t.

V.5 Thinking about evil depresses our soul. We easily think that the evil is greater than the good. Love will go on in heaven, there being no evil to interfere. All these verses give us the characteristics of love. Two tell us what love is. Eight tell us what love does not do. Six tell us what God does.

V.13 Faith, hope and love are the three things which a happy believer shows. They are all for the present life, but the last one will go on for all eternity.

Day 262 - 1 Corinthians 14, Verses 1-20

V.1-3 We are given abilities by the Holy Spirit in order to help other believers. To prophesy is to speak to them so as to teach, to encourage and comfort — to stir up, build up and bind up.

V.4-40 Instructions were given as to the use of the gift of speaking in tongues, that is, to be able to speak in other languages about the Lord. The Apostle insists on the necessity for making oneself understood, whether the man speaks, or sings or prays (vvs. 15-16).

V.18-19 Paul spoke in more languages than all, and wanted what was being said to be understood.

V.20 In the Corinthian assembly they were enjoying these gifts for themselves as evidence of the Spirit’s power, without anyone being helped. And this is of no value. Pride lifted up those who were showing off these gifts. Love doesn’t think of the individual speaking, but only of the help received by what was being said.

Day 263 - 1 Corinthians 14, Verses 21-40

V.22 This verse is disregarded by those who say that you haven’t been fully blessed until you can speak in tongues. Acts 8:14-17 tells that these Samaritans who believed, were baptized, then received the Holy Ghost, but nothing is said about their speaking in tongues.

V.23-24 If a visitor coming into the assembly did not understand what was being said, he would consider everyone out of their mind. But prophecy would reach his conscience, and make him realize that God was there.

V.26-33 The tendency was for everyone to feel that he had to speak. So instruction is given here for the orderly conduct and help of the assembly. Only one man was to speak at a time, two or three in total.

V.32 Each one who spoke was master of himself, and could control himself. What a rebuke all this is to modern day speaking in tongues in our lands. The gibberish is done by a crowd, including women, and no one understands the noises. Satan’s power is to imitate the Spirit’s power.

V.33-35 Women were to be silent in the assembly. Today we hear all kinds of arguments brought out to justify the disobedience to the plain Word of God.

V.36-40 This speaking in tongues didn’t originate with them, and it didn’t only come to them. Why not then listen to the Apostle who had brought the good news to them by the commandment of the Lord? To acknowledge that what Paul said was from God would be a test of their spirituality. Always remember that these chapters are to correct errors, not to commend the believers.

Day 264 - 1 Corinthians 15, Verses 1-28

V.1-11 Imaginations, arguments, and false views concerning the resurrection of the body had come in too. Some were denying the resurrection of the dead. Yet the resurrection of Christ was a vital part of this gospel they had heard from Paul and had believed.

V.12-19 If there was no resurrection of the dead, then Christ was not raised, and they had believed for nothing, for they therefore would be yet in their sins.

V.20 Glorious, victorious; taking the sting of death out of every believer’s funeral.

V.21-23 All in Adam’s family die; all in Christ’s family shall be made alive. The resurrection of the lost is not mentioned here.

V.24-28 Christ will eventually give up His kingdom — at the end of the millennium — after all His enemies are put under His feet including death that God — as God, Father, Son and Holy Spirit in One — may be all in all. Verses 20 to 28 are a parenthesis. This helps us to understand the next two verses. Read 17, 18, 19, 29 and 30 all at once.

Day 265 - 1 Corinthians 15, Verses 29-58

V.29-30 These verses don’t mean to be baptized for a person who had already died. What they do mean is that baptism signifies identifying myself (as well as all those who have already died believing) with the death of Christ. If there be no resurrection, what would be the use of becoming a Christian? If the dead don’t rise (v. 16) then those believers who had died have perished. Baptism in those days was so serious an act that those who did get baptized put themselves in a position where they might be murdered at any moment. Like giving yourself up for dead.

V.33-34 Satan was introducing these lies to cause people to indulge in evil.

V.35-36 Paul describes these thoughts as foolish.

V.37-44 The body that has been redeemed is the body that shall be raised, although changed to a glorified body fit for heaven.

V.45-49 The first Adam and the last Adam (Christ) are contrasted, also the earthly with that which is heavenly. We believers are now like our Head, we are heavenly.

V.50-54 The mystery is explained. Read 1 Thess. 4:13-18 — the coming of the Lord for us believers. In an army, the last trumpet was the one that set them in motion.

V.55-58 If this truth takes a hold of us, it makes us diligent in serving the Lord.

Day 266 - 1 Corinthians 16

Paul returns to the subject of money. He loved the Lord’s people, and if the spiritual things he had been writing about took a hold of them, then he could write about the everyday living of the Christian life.

V.3-7 The believers in Jerusalem were poor. He desired to take money to them to help them. Christianity is living for the help and good of others — their physical needs as well as their spiritual.

V.10-11 Timothy was inclined to be timid, and the Corinthians were inclined to be worldly and proud. They were to take good care of him.

V.13-14 A stirring call to faithfulness.

V.15-16 Faithful men were to be submitted to.

V.22 There was to be no mixing; Christianity is whole-hearted. None at Corinth are saluted by name.

V.24 Paul’s love closes this wonderful book. The errors he warned against, still exist today amongst believers. Did you benefit? Are you willing to act in obedience to God’s Word?

Day 267 - Galatians 1

Here are more danger signs along our path through the world — the believer’s wilderness. 1 Corinthians was a series of warnings against moral and doctrinal dangers. Galatians is about spiritual (or religious) dangers. Both books have one verse (danger sign) which is the same 1 Corinthians 5:6 and Galatians 5:9. Read Philippians 3:6 and 1 Timothy 1:15 to see what Paul had been like before he was saved. Outwardly and morally, Paul had been blameless, but spiritually he was sinning, because he was sinning against Christ. All religious or doctrinal error is against Christ. The Apostle Paul was so upset by the religious error into which the Galatian believers had fallen, that he does not say one good word to them, but plunges immediately into the subject which bothered him so much.

V.1 Paul proves his authority as an Apostle, not given to him by men, but by Jesus Christ.

V.6-9 He warns about “another gospel,” for teachers had already come with false doctrines. Even if an angel were to present any other doctrine than that which Paul was giving out, he was to be accursed. The bad doctrine that was being taught was that believers had to keep the law to keep being saved. And there are many today who try to do this. They carry Bibles and can quote many verses but they would try to put us under the law.

V.11-20 Paul did not receive the gospel from other believers, or even other apostles, but from the Lord Himself. He tells us this so that the warnings would be as from the Lord.

Day 268 - Galatians 2

V.4 Two words important in understanding the Epistle. “Liberty” and “bondage” the liberty of the gospel of our Lord Jesus, and the bondage of the law.

V.9 Paul explains that the Lord had specially sent him to preach to the “uncircumcised” (the Gentiles or heathen). Peter was sent to the “circumcised” (the Jews). Satan wants to divide these two companies, but the Spirit of God has united all into one.

V.11-12 At first Peter mingled with either Jew or Gentile, but later he separated from the Gentiles, and there was danger of a sad division. Paul sternly corrects him for this.

V.16 He goes on to show that we are not saved by trying to keep the law, but by the faith of Christ. By His death and by His living now for us in heaven.

V.19-20 Paul is dead to the law, then he is able to go on and say “nevertheless I live.” That is the way God delivers us forever from the bondage of the law. We are dead to it, through the death of Christ. It doesn’t mean we don’t bother about it, for the believer is to live a godly life.

V.21 The terrible error of teaching that righteousness comes by the law.

Day 269 - Galatians 3

“O foolish Galatians.” It was foolish for them to listen to teachers that would put them under the law.

V.3 “Having begun in the Spirit,” that is, you were saved by the Spirit through the work of Christ “are ye now made perfect by the flesh?” That is, are you going to try to live your Christian life according to the law?

V.10 If you are trying to keep the law, it can only curse you, for it continually finds you guilty, even though you may be trying hard. If you want something not yours, you are guilty of breaking all the commandments! (James 2:10).

V.13 What good news! We are delivered not by our own trying, but by the death of Christ Who took that curse upon Himself.

V.21 The law required obedience and righteousness, and promised life if they obeyed, and death if they sinned. It could not give life because everyone sinned.

V.22 The law is like a mirror that shows how dirty we are.

V.24 “Justified by faith.” What the law could not do, Christ has done, for He took the punishment we deserved as lawbreakers.

V.25 We are no longer under that schoolmaster, the law. No longer under bondage, but enjoying liberty. Not liberty to do what our old nature might want, but liberty to live to please the Lord. We have a life capable of this (2 Pet. 1:3) and which delights to do it.

Day 270 - Galatians 4

V.3 The slavery to the things of this world in which we once were held.

V.5 What a contrast! Here we are redeemed, we are adopted into God’s own family and are sons. A servant is under slavery but a son is free.

V.6 Under the control of the law, we could not call God “Father.” But as free sons, we enjoy this relationship.

V.7 We are not only sons, but heirs of God. No wonder Satan wants to spoil all this by bringing us back under the law.

V.9 Paul marvels that they could be deceived and turn back again to the slavery of the law. Many believers today do the same.

V.21 In other words, “don’t you know that the law can only condemn you and curse you and pronounce the sentence of death?”

V.22-31 The story of Abraham and his sons Ishmael and Isaac. Ishmael must be cast out so that Isaac can be enjoyed as the only son. Ishmael is a picture of our old position under the law, and Isaac the son of promise, a picture of our position under grace.

Day 271 - Galatians 5

V.1 In the strongest language yet, Paul urges them to stand fast in the liberty wherewith Christ had made them free. Satan is so clever that he has turned many back from listening to the gospel of liberty to listening to that which puts men under slavery.

V.4 If anyone professes to be saved by grace, then turns to law keeping, Paul says such an one has fallen from grace. Let us be careful.

V.10 Paul expresses confidence that the Galatians would not be deceived by these law-teachers, and says that such teachers, will be held responsible.

V.13 We are delivered from the slavery of sin and brought into liberty, but not to act in self-will and carelessness. Think what it cost the Lord Jesus to bring us into this new life!

V.16-17 Living in the Spirit is our power to avoid indulging our own will.

V.19-23 The works of the flesh and the fruit of the Spirit contrasted. Surely we ought to be showing the fruit of the Spirit in our life.

Day 272 - Galatians 6

V.1 If a careless believer committed some fault, it was the responsibility of spiritual ones to help him, remembering that any one of them could have committed the same fault.

V.2 If we really want to have a law for our times, here is one “Bear ye one another’s burdens.” The Lord Jesus did this when He was here for that is what is meant by “the law of Christ.”

V.7-8 What we sow, we are sure to reap, even as believers, with all our sins forgiven and on our way to heaven! Look at 2 Timothy 2:12-13.

V.9 Let us therefore serve, and sow and wait. For the Lord takes notice of all that is done for Him in obedience to His Word and He will reward it later on.

V.10 Perhaps we forget this.

V.14 The world gave our Savior a cross. And Paul says that cross stands between him and a world that still hates the Lord. “I am crucified,” says Paul — in other words, the world does not want me because I belong to the One they despise. And the world is crucified to me, says Paul, “for I don’t want the friendship of those who crucified my Savior.”

Day 273 - Colossians 1, Verses 1-17

Our last three Epistles have been giving us serious warnings of the dangers surrounding us. Paul, in Colossians, lifts up our eyes and thoughts to our Head, the Lord Jesus Christ in heaven — our destiny. But we are not there yet, for Colossians still looks at us as being down on earth. Colossians also has its warnings. Legality, making rules for our life Col. 2:20-21, is a very subtle thing, for it looks so holy. But it is not seeing that it is by grace alone we stand. Then there was the celebrating of special days. And also philosophy. But the main subject is Christ the Head (in heaven) of the body (on earth).

V.4-5 We see three great things, faith, love and hope. Faith IN Christ Jesus; love for others; hope of future glory.

V.6 All this brought forth fruit. That is, it changed lives, and this is what the truth does in us.

V.9-17 Paul’s prayer for them. Christianity is not some package which we receive once, and having received it, we are settled. Notice the words “be filled,” “might walk worthy of the Lord,” “unto all pleasing,” “being fruitful,” “increasing,” “strengthened,” “giving thanks.” Can each one of us stop reading at this moment and say “In the last year I have grown to know the Lord more?” If we cannot say this, it is because Satan has put something else before our eyes. These verses lead us right up to our glorious Head, our Lord Jesus Christ.

Day 274 - Colossians 1, Verses 18-29

V.18 The importance of the assembly (church) to Christ. Speaking reverently, the Lord Jesus is not complete without us, for we are His body (Eph. 1:23).

V.19 Christ’s body, which took abuse, shame and suffering here on earth, is the dwelling place of Father, Son and Holy Spirit forever.

V.20 The whole of the creation is going to be “reconciled” (brought back) into a paradise (or garden of delights), when the Lord Jesus comes in His glory. This is future of course.

V.21 But this is present. We believers have already been brought back to God and stand before Him in all the perfectness of Christ Himself.

V.23 Notice the “if.” The Colossians were on a dangerous course. They were drifting toward adding philosophy and traditions to Christianity. Do not confuse this with thinking that anyone could be lost after they are saved, for that is impossible. But there is our responsibility side. Paul did not want to lull them to sleep, into thinking that they could go on as they wished. Many people who claimed to be Christians, later turned out to be the bitterest enemies of Christ. “They went out from us because they were not of us” (1 John 2:19).

V.24-29 He says that he was God’s servant to tell the “mystery” or secret. This “mystery” is that Jew and Gentile are now one in Christ.

Day 275 - Colossians 2

V.1-3 Those who speak God’s truth are usually the ones whom Satan attacks the most. To Paul, God had given the great mystery that Christ and the assembly (church) are one. Paul had great conflict (struggles) with Satan in bringing God’s message of truth. Paul longed that all the believers would be united in love. This is like Christ who unites us all into one. But the Spirit of God is grieved when He sees the believers separated and scattered in many denominations.

V.3 In this “mystery” are hid all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge!

V.4, 8, 16, 18, 23 They were listening to clever speakers who would succeed in drawing them away from Christ. Worshipping their own will (vvs. 20-23) looked so good to the intellect, but it was to no profit really.

V.6, 7, 9, 15, 17 He brings them back time after time to Christ and His death. There might have been men who were saying that if a few uneducated fishermen could bring such great things through their preaching, what could we do with our great learning! Paul is showing that this would only rob Christ of some of His glory and rob them of their joy.

Day 276 - Colossians 3

V.1-17 He turns away from human intelligence and brings them back to truth. We are to turn our eyes and our thoughts heavenward. He reminds them (and us too) that they are dead (with Christ) and their life now is hid with Christ in God. No mixing — it is one or the other which takes up our attention. If we realized that we are dead then there would be little attraction to the world.

V.4 Paul would always draw us to Christ and His appearing.

V.5 They (and we) need to be reminded to consider all these things to be dead.

V.8 If we agree that the things in verse 5 should have no part in our life, how about the things in this verse? They also belong to the old life, and God says it is dead.

V.18-25 Particular instructions for different classes of people. The first verse of the next chapter connects on to the end of this one.

Day 277 - Colossians 4

V.2 All the wonderful things which have been told us of our position are not complete without this verse. “Continue in prayer,” and watch.

V.7-8 Paul always liked to hear how they were getting along, but he knew they also wanted to hear of how he was getting on. This love for one another is Christianity in full bloom. Can anything be sweeter amongst believers?

V.9-11 Notice how he just makes short comments about these followers. Would we be standing with the Apostle Paul had we been with him in his day? Today is our day to stand for the Lord. Soon He comes, and the day of faith will be over. It is the wonderful wisdom of God that has hidden the truth of the New Testament below the surface of the Old. The path of progress, or steps from the very beginning, on to the heavenly glorious future. Remember that the Bible is all one. It’s like the human body. All is absolutely necessary. The truth of Christianity is learned from the New Testament, but the Old Testament is like a series of pictures which illustrates the New. That’s why we alternate between the two.

Day 278 - Deuteronomy 1

A grand book is before us. “Deuteronomy” means “the second law” but that doesn’t mean that there are new commandments. The children of Israel are now at the borders of the promised land, but not into it. They are being reminded that they had been brought that far, not because they had kept the ten commandments given by Moses; but because of God’s promises to their father Abraham! (Read carefully 9:4-6). He lived about 500 years before Moses. The believer today is not preserved because there is any good in the way he acts, but entirely because of the grace of God. Remember, our blessings depend entirely on what Christ has done for us, but our happiness depends on how obedient we are to God’s Word. The believer today is also learning from this book that God wants to fill our thoughts with heaven and the future glory. The “land” is mentioned about 98 times, so they too were constantly reminded of the future. There are three main divisions in the book. The first 11 Chapters give the reason why they should obey God! The second section is chapters 12-29 — telling us what they were to obey. And thirdly, 30 to end of book — things to come the blessings.

V.1-8 Moses reviews the past, from the time they started across the wilderness.

V.9-18 Moses reminds them of the time they sent the spies into the land to search what it was like; instead of trusting God. God had promised them the land! God had searched it out long before. Would He not be able to give them the land without the spies searching it out?

V.35-46 And because they would not believe, God had not taken them in. He had turned them back to wander in the wilderness for 38 years. These verses are very interesting. Now the 38 years are past, and they are about to enter the land.

Day 279 - Deuteronomy 2

V.1-15 Moses continues to review their journey, and show them that God had been so kind and near to them all the way. Particularly verse 7. What a journey! But what a traveling Companion they had! Everything which had happened to them was an evidence of the kindness and wisdom of God. He was leading them to His home. 21 Times God uses the word “great” in this book. May we realize also that we believers are being led day by day through this wicked world to God’s home and glory by His great power.

V.16-37 They had come close to the land and found enemies who wouldn’t let them pass. But God took care of this as well. As we get close to the day when the Lord will come for us, Satan, our enemy, is attacking us as never before. But may we learn from this book that the only thing which weakened them was their own disobedience to God’s Word!

Day 280 - Deuteronomy 3, Verses 1-17

It may seem strange that the Old Testament tells of so many battles and killings, but we believers need to remember that these battles have a spiritual meaning for us. (Carefully read 1 Cor. 10:11). God is saying this to you. Satan deceives us when we are careless, casual, indifferent or even disobedient to God’s Word and warnings. (Read Eph. 6:10-17; 1 Cor. 9:25-27; 1 Tim. 6:12; 1 Tim. 1:18; 2 Tim. 2:3-4). If you are serious about learning what Old Testament warfare means for you, you will read each of these five references in the New Testament.

V.1-17 One enemy after another fell before them. But they owed everything to God — He was guiding them.

Day 281 - Deuteronomy 3, Verses 18-24

V.18-20 Glance at Numbers 32 again, to understand what these 3 verses refer to. The men of the 2½ tribes were to go ahead, leaving the wives and children protected.

V.21-22 Joshua is to become the great leader in the land, as Moses had been in the wilderness. The name “Joshua” is the same as “Jesus.” “Joshua” is the Hebrew (Old Testament language) Jesus is the Greek, or New Testament language.

V.23-25 Moses had pleaded with the Lord to let him go into the land.

V.26 It reminds us of Paul (2 Cor. 12:9), who prayed that the Lord would take away the thorn in the flesh. The Lord replied “my grace is sufficient for thee.” We see the same word “suffice” or “sufficient” here.

V.27 However, the Lord gave Moses something better. He gave him a heavenly view (God’s view) of the land! God had been the earthly Guide through the wilderness, now He would be the Heavenly Guide, pointing out the whole land to Moses. In Matthew 17:3 we read of Moses on the mount of transfiguration IN THE LAND. So he got in, and it was to be a wonderful experience, for he was with the Lord.

Day 282 - Deuteronomy 4

Beautiful chapter. A great encouragement and a great warning. Note particularly verse 2. What a wonderful thing it was for this nation to have their very own God in heaven! (v. 7). All the words He had given them were to be followed. Nothing was to be added or taken from them. Read these verses carefully, for they can apply to us in a spiritual way. If they turned to idolatry (other gods) they would lose out in their blessings. We believers may lose out in our happiness and peace, but we can never lose our blessings!

V.1-13 Review of God’s ways with them in their past.

V.14-24 Warnings against idols or pictures.

V.25-49 Their future, with encouragements and warnings.

Day 283 - Deuteronomy 5

Starting with this chapter, and going on to the end of chapter 11, we hear God speaking to Israel in a closer, more intimate way. In the first four chapters, Israel is seen as in the wilderness. These seven chapters are of Israel at the very entrance to the land of promise.

V.1-5 Moses reminds them that God had spoken to them from the top of the mountain at Horeb (or Sinai) when He had given the ten commandments. Do not confuse this with another talk from the land of Moab — we’ll read of it later.

V.6-21 Many people think that this section is just a repeat of the ten commandments in Exodus 20:2-17. God has a purpose. In Deuteronomy He gives the reasons why they should obey them. Compare this section with Exodus 20. You will see that the Sabbath is stressed here. The keeping of the Sabbath was something that no one could know unless God told him. Whereas people, just naturally, have at least a partial knowledge of the other commandments — stealing for example. The Sabbath brought people close to God. It reminds us of the work of the Lord Jesus, and the rest which God now has in Christ. Christ is God’s Sabbath, or rest. For Israel, the Sabbath will be fulfilled in the millennium. Because of unbelief they lost this land of rest. We believers belong to Christ, and to the new creation. We are new creatures (2 Cor. 5:17). Wonderful. So when Christianity began, the first day of the week, the Lord’s day, became the important day and not the Sabbath (Saturday). The Lord Jesus was dead all day Saturday. But there is more. Saturday is the seventh day. The next day, the 8th, is the Lord’s day, Sunday, the first day of the new order (Acts 20:7). It is never going to end. There is no 9th day.

V.22 These words were of the greatest importance for those people at that time.

V.23-28 They feared greatly when they heard and saw the thunderings and lightnings (Heb. 12:18-21).

V.29 Beautiful verse. God exposing His heart of love to people.

V.29-33 We can feel how God longed that the people would let Him pour out all His goodness and blessing on them. Did they let Him? No. Do we let Him pour out the peace and joy on us?

Day 284 - Deuteronomy 6

V.13, 16 An important chapter too — in it we find the words which the Lord Jesus quoted to Satan when He was being tempted by him (Matt. 4).

V.4-19 These bring before us God Himself. And this is one of the greatest reasons why the people should obey the Lord. Read carefully this tender pleading of God with His people. He wanted to bless them! There were many false gods in the countries round about Israel. The people who had lived in this land were the most idolatrous people (Deut. 9:5). So the children of Israel had a wonderful opportunity to show to all the others that they had the One and only true God.

V.5 Notice spirit (heart), soul and body (might).

V.7 What a wonderful way to bring up our children.

V.16 Tempting God is to doubt Him. We are guilty of this sometimes. The person who believes God, is calm and peaceful at all times!

V.20-25 Parents, read carefully. Are our children hearing the Word of God from our lips?

Summary. In spite of all this tender pleading by God to them, they failed. Read Deuteronomy 29:4, they lost out. Not because they didn’t keep up the sacrifices (they kept them), but because even in keeping them, they were not doing it from love for God, but thinking that in this way alone they would be considered righteous. (Read Isa. 1:10-20).

Day 285 - Deuteronomy 7

God’s people are to rid themselves of the people of the land. They were not to keep any of their filthy habits. They were to utterly destroy their gods (Deut. 9:5), and they were to enjoy God! Read what God says about some believers (1 Thess. 1:9).

V.1 God was going to be the power. We believers have no power of our own, but we are strong in Christ when we are obedient (Phil. 4:13).

V.2-8 It was to be a total separation from these nations. God was to be their delight. Today we believers are likewise to be as separated from this world. Christ is our delight. See what Paul could say, in Philippians 1:21.

V.9 What kind of a God is He? Turn to Psalm 119:138 and you will find that the Word of God is described by this same word. Do you see what that word is? Now turn to the New Testament (2 Tim. 2:13). Even when we do not believe, He remains.

V.12-24 What blessings!

V.25-26 What warnings!

Day 286 - Deuteronomy 8

A chapter on obedience. An obedient believer today, is a happy person.

V.1 All they had to do was to obey! We too.

V.2-9 God always wants to bless His people, whether it was Israel in those days, or the believers today. Read Hebrews 10:35 before you read any further. Here are some of the reasons why God did what He did. We can also apply these to ourselves, but in a spiritual way.

V.2 They went through the wilderness for two reasons. (1) So that they would be humbled. (2) So that what was in their heart would come out. We believers are in this world for these two reasons also.

V.3-4 Another reason. That they might come to know God! So with us.

V.3 From this chapter the Lord Jesus took His quotation to answer Satan (Matt. 4).

V.5-6 They were closely connected to God. They needed to learn that it was just like a father and his son. Hebrews 12:5-13 gives the believer’s training time.

V.7-9 The land of promise was their goal.

V.10-20 The warnings. Why would God have to take more verses to give the warnings than the promises? Because of their hearts (and ours). So often the world attracts us back.

Day 287 - Deuteronomy 9

V.1-6 Something new to learn — the land to which they were going was a land where the people were much more mighty than Israel. How then would they be able to overcome them? By God only. What did it matter how strong the enemy was! (Rom. 8:31).

V.4-6 Remember the difference between the promises made to Abraham (Gen. 15:18) and of the agreement God made with Israel (Ex. 19:5-8). The first was unconditional, the second on condition that Israel obeyed. So these verses are to remind them that they are not getting the land because of the second, but because of the first!

V.7-29 Once again God takes more verses to warn.

V.24 Just about tells their whole history. God must remind them of how bad they were. Unless we see how bad we are by nature, we never realize that through Christ alone we live. There is power in our life when we learn this.

V.25-29 What a wonderful prayer of Moses! He had prayed for 40 days to God not to destroy them at the beginning of their journey. Now he has to pray for them again. Notice he recalls God’s first unconditional promise to Abraham! It is important to read this chapter carefully.

Day 288 - Deuteronomy 10

Learning lessons about God by understanding their own disobedient hearts.

V.1-11 Moses reviews their history to show them how God had provided for them the whole time. Only when we realize how awful we are, can we realize how good God is to us.

V.6-7 A parenthesis; Aaron was preserved and only died at the end of the journey (Num. 20:28).

V.12-13 Five steps they could take when they had learned the lesson of the previous chapter. (1) Fear the Lord. (2) Walk in His steps. (3) Love Him. (4) Serve the Lord. (5) Keep His commandments.

V.14 The result of taking these five steps is that we will be looking toward heaven to be forever with the Lord.

V.16 To separate from evil in the heart, and not just in an outward way. They never did do this. But when Israel had completely failed, God had a secret. After we believers are taken to heaven, then God is going to bring Israel into blessing on earth. Not by their goodness, for He had tried them for all those centuries, but He was going to put a new heart in them. So you will see this same thought in Deuteronomy 30:6 as in our 16th verse. But the difference is, they would not do it, so God will.

Day 289 - Deuteronomy 11

The last chapter of the 1st section of the book. It has told the Israelites the many reasons why they should obey. We also forget so easily.

V.6 Dathan and Abiram are recalled as an example of the result of rebellion against God (Num. 16).

V.7 They had seen all that God had done in the past, therefore they were to obey God when they came into the land.

V.10 The great river Nile was Egypt’s source of water. But they didn’t know where the Nile’s headwaters were.

V.11 The land of Israel was different. It knew where its blessings came from — the rain which came from heaven. They were closely connected with God, and were dependent upon Him.

V.8-32 The brightest promise of blessing, and the sternest warnings of the results of disobedience take up the rest of the chapter.

Day 290 - Deuteronomy 12

Today’s chapter starts the second section of the book — what they were to obey. (Before starting, read Deut. 29:1). When the believer today learns obedience and submission to God, then he is ready for the details of daily living.

V.1-14 The very first instruction deals with the complete destruction of all idols — the most dangerous obstacle to their enjoyment of the land.

For the believer, there is the danger of turning back to the world. Satan has many idols for us. Idols were always religious. Is God having first place in our life? Notice the word which recurs in verses 5, 11, 13, 14, 18, 21 and 26. It is human to want to choose for ourselves. Yet many true believers think that they can choose where they are going to worship God.

Day 291 - Deuteronomy 13

V.1-5 What serious religious instruction this is. So very important for us. If any preacher says anything which is not according to God’s Word, we are told what to do.

V.3 God is testing us, to see if we will obey Him.

V.5 They were to put such a preacher to death. We don’t kill, of course, but we are to separate from him — 2 Cor. 6:14-18; 2 Tim. 2 makes it quite plain. Reasoning will only make us more self-willed than ever. But the surrender of our will brings glory to God and joy, peace and direction to us.

V.6-11 Plainer still. Often our relatives have a bad influence on us. Particularly when we want to follow the Lord. We are often more afraid of our relatives than we are of offending the Lord. Notice what action had to be taken here. Someone may say that this is too strict. But God wrote it. We learn spiritual lessons from these physical events. We do not kill people, but do we choose friends or relatives who take us away from enjoying the Lord?

V.12-18 Important too. It does matter to us how other believers behave. The faithful person is concerned about them. When believers turn back to the world, we are saddened, but we must separate from them. We know they will never be happy until they return to the Lord. In this section, they were to spare nothing in the city. They had to inquire diligently at first to make sure that the story was true, then they were to act strongly.

Day 292 - Deuteronomy 14

V.1-2 They were reminded that they were holy people to the Lord — they belonged to Him. They were not to follow weird, worldly and heathen customs. We believers are not only a holy, but a heavenly people. We are to act that way.

V.3-26 Although all food comes from God, they were to eat only clean animals and birds. Because they were to learn to fear the Lord (v. 23). Neither can we be careless about what we eat, spiritually. What do we read? With what do we feed our souls? Some believers even think that they can go a whole day without reading God’s Word, and be healthy believers. Job 23:12 is a good verse to learn. Do we act that way? The more we read God’s Word, the more we want to read it.

V.27-29 They were to think of the Levites who didn’t have any land to produce food. The stranger, the fatherless and the widow were to be remembered.

Day 293 - Deuteronomy 15

This chapter shows us how careful of others they had to be.

V.1-11 The poor were to be helped. It says in verse 4 “Save (except) when there shall be no poor among you.” That was a good limit, because the Lord said that such a time would not come (Matt. 26:11).

V.12-18 Can you see this story as a beautiful picture of the Lord Jesus as a Servant? He could have gone back to heaven after He had lived His life here on earth. But love kept Him here. He went into death for His Father and for us. And He will remain a Servant forever (Luke 12:37).

V.19-23 The first-born of the clean animals was to be sacrificed to the Lord.

V.20 They were to eat it. This is a beautiful picture, pointing on to Christ, the “First-born” of the new creation (Col. 1:15). He is our food (John 6:56-57).

Day 294 - Deuteronomy 16, Verses 1-8

God is now giving new instructions. There are to be three times each year when every man would go to the place which God was going to choose. He would bring a sacrifice to offer to God. They were called “Feasts” (or get-togethers). We will take up one at a time.

V.1-8 The first was the Passover, and the feast of unleavened bread. Notice that there was no rejoicing at this feast. It was to be a constant reminder to them of the death of the lamb in Egypt. We know who God’s Lamb is now. So for us it is to remember Him in His death. The day after the Passover there were seven days when they were to be very sure there was no “leaven” in their house. This is important for us, the number “seven” is a picture of completeness. So our whole life is to separated from all evil.

Day 295 - Deuteronomy 16, Verses 9-22

V.9-12 Now the third feast; “the feast of weeks.” In this feast there was to be rejoicing. There were to be seven weeks plus one day, which equals 50 days from the harvest. In Acts 2 we see that Pentecost, which means “50,” was when the Holy Spirit came down to earth. It was 50 days after the cross! Of course there is joy for us.

V.10 Joy which the presence of the Holy Spirit causes us to have, is like a “free will offering.”

V.11 Not only was there joy in the Lord, but calling others to this joy as well.

V.13-15 The harvest was gathered in. Then came the third feast that of “tabernacles.” After we believers have been caught away to heaven, then God is going to gather some of the Jews (Israelites) around Himself once more (Matt. 13:41-43). (See your chart, 1,000 yrs., Christ the King.)

V.16-17 These verses end the religious side of things.

V.18-20 Righteousness was to be carried out in His holy land. No favoritism for certain people was to be tolerated.

V.21-22 Groves and idols were forbidden.

Day 296 - Deuteronomy 17

V.1-13 We cannot separate our religious life from the ordinary things of life. If we are wrong in the first, the other will not be properly regulated. Notice what would happen if they disobeyed — they would be put to death!

V.14-20 Even if they had a king, they were warned that this would bring many troubles. Sure enough, their great king Solomon was guilty of these very things. The result of this was the break-up of the kingdom and every person in those divided kingdoms had his every-day life very much affected.

Day 297 - Deuteronomy 18

V.1-8 The priests and the Levites, were not going to have any inheritance in the promised land. The Lord was their inheritance. Now from 1 Peter 2:5 we learn that we believers are all priests. The Lord is our inheritance. Although the Levites are not prominent in Deuteronomy, they were carefully provided for by the Lord. When the people brought a “peace offering” to God, they offered it all. Verse 1 tells us that what was given to God, the Levites could eat. This tells us how intimately they were connected with the Lord. Eating, in the scriptures usually means close association with another person. So if the people were faithful in bringing their offerings to God the Levites had food to eat. If the Lord was neglected, so were the Levites.

V.9-14 The people are plainly warned against having anything to do with Spiritism (familiar spirits). Today, the believer needs to be warned against the reading of the monthly horoscope. It is dangerous. People are turning away from God. Speaking in tongues is close to this. It is becoming more difficult to distinguish between the work of God and the work of Satan.

V.15-22 But God has a better answer. In a future day He would raise up a Prophet — Christ Himself! The Spirit of God often brings in illustrations of Christ in the Old Testament. This is one of the most beautiful examples — it can be no one else but Christ. What a warning against not listening to Him! (Read Acts 3:22; John 6:14).

Day 298 - Deuteronomy 19

V.1-10 Man was made in the image of God. Shedding blood was a serious thing to God. However, He does make a great difference between shedding by accident and deliberate murder. In neither case would He let them forget the seriousness of it. His land was not to have blood defiling it. It was a holy land. So God provided these cities for a person to run to who had killed a person unintentionally. They were called “cities of refuge.” No one would be more than about 20 miles from one of these cities in the land. Numbers chapter 15 adds 3 more cities on the other side of the river Jordan.

V.11-13 However there was to be no pity shown to anyone who deliberately shed the blood of another person. He was to die. Some difference today!

V.15-21 Witnesses were to be true. They were not to keep quiet if they knew something wrong was done. If a person made up an untrue story about another person, the punishment which would have been given to that person, was to be given to the one who told the untruth!

Day 299 - Deuteronomy 20

V.1-4 This will sound hard to believe, that the loving, tender God who we know, could be the same Person as we read of here, leading people into war! Maybe 1 Cor. 15:46 and 10:11 will help us. The Lord is teaching us lessons in our new spiritual life from the physical lessons of the Old Testament. Israel’s enemies were the nations living around them, about 14 of them — our enemies are those around us who Satan uses to attract us to go back into the world from which the Lord has taken us. (Read Eph. 6:11-12). Do you get the idea? It wasn’t how well they could fight, or how good their weapons were, but to realize that God was their Leader and their strength. We need to realize this too.

V.5-9 Notice how carefully God makes arrangements for all these cases. Those who were afraid were not worthy to go out to battle.

V.10-11 God did not delight in battles. But He was going to give them the whole land.

V.13-15 How to treat the nations farther away from Israel.

V.16-20 How to treat those in the land they were going to possess.

Day 300 - Deuteronomy 21, Verses 1-14

V.1-9 Full instruction for their behavior. When a man was found murdered, this was what they were to do. Nothing important was left to them to decide. But we can see a bigger reason for these details — God always has Christ in His thoughts as the Scriptures were written. The man killed can be a picture of Christ.

Everyone (except the believer) even today, denies the responsibility for His crucifixion. The distance to the closest city was to be measured. God looks at the world, and sees Israel as the closest to the crucified Man. Look at your chart. During the seven years following the believers being taken to heaven, a little group (remnant) in Israel will believe. And although the land is held guilty — even though the people living then did not actually crucify the Lord Jesus — a substitute must be found (v. 4). Sin must be judged before sins can be forgiven. Christ again is seen here. The heifer is a type of the Lord Jesus, the Substitute for the sin of the person who killed the man. A picture of this desolate world. In the future the little remnant shall realize the Christ, their Messiah, died for their redemption and deliverance.

V.10-14 A picture of the Lord’s original relationship with Israel. He had chosen her for Himself out of all the peoples of the world. But Israel was unfaithful and rejected Him — chapter 24 will go into this more. However, it is not the end of this unfaithful person. If you have the time, read Isaiah chapter 62 for the conclusion of the story which will take place after we believers, the heavenly bride, will be taken up to be with Christ. Then the Lord will fulfill the promises He made to Israel in the past. But He will then give them a new heart for He has paid for all their unfaithfulness by shedding His blood for them. (Read Jer. 31:31-34; Heb. 8:9-13). What grace!

Day 301 - Deuteronomy 21, Verses 15-23

V.15-17 The unloved wife is a picture of Israel, the one God first chose. Because of their sin, in crucifying Jesus, they had to be put away — Israel today. So God turned to us, the Gentiles (the wife beloved); the heavenly and only bride of Christ (Acts 28:26-28). Nevertheless, after the believers are caught away to heaven, God will once again take up His earthly people. As it were, the child of the apparently rejected one, shall be the one to receive the inheritance on earth.

V.18-21 A picture of Israel, as a nation, which has been a rebellious child of God. They shall be the ones punished and destroyed at the end of the tribulation (vvs. 19-21).

V.22-23 Christ was hanged on a tree (1 Pet. 2:24). He was made a curse for us (Gal. 3:13).

Day 302 - Deuteronomy 22

A glimpse of God’s tender love.

V.6-8 A battlement is like a fence. We believers are to be careful that we don’t teach or say to other believers things which are not according to God’s Word. If so we are causing them to fall off the roof of our house.

V.9-12 God hates mixture. Satan constantly is telling us that mixture is broadmindedness and tolerance (2 Cor. 6:14-18). Disobedience blurs our spiritual eyes.

V.13-30 “Why would God inspire these words?” Well, turn to 1 Cor. 10:11 and Rom. 15:4 to be sure that He has inspired them. To teach us what our hearts are capable of, if left to ourselves. These are the moral depths to which a believer can plunge if we compromise with truth (1 Cor. 5:8).

Day 303 - Deuteronomy 23

Here we see how careful God is in dealing with people. A just God and a Savior! (Isa. 45:21). He does make differences, though He is no respecter of persons.

V.1-6 The Lord gives careful instruction for each individual in HIS congregation. They might disobey, and go and marry someone outside the camp of Israel. But it was disobedience just the same, and God would not overlook it (Luke 11:50-51).

V.7 God remembers and also He forgets. Here He remembers that at one time the Israelites had a home in Egypt. But He tells us believers that He will remember our sins no more (Heb. 10:17). Our business is to obey God. If we are obedient then we understand. If we do a thing because we think it is right, then we take the credit. But when we act because God’s Word says so, then we bring glory to God. They had God in the midst of their camp, so it had to be kept clean. We believers are to act as if we realize that the Lord is with us. Do we?

Day 304 - Deuteronomy 24

Instructions on the subject of divorce. In the Old Testament man is on trial. God is looking to see if He can find one who will obey Him. He can’t find one! Only when Christ came could One be found! We believers are in an entirely different position. A believer in the Lord Jesus Christ no longer belongs to Adam’s family (Read 2 Cor. 5:17). He belongs to the Second Adam, the Second Man — Christ. If these people were to be considerate of others (vvs. 10-22) how much more should we who have received the grace of God!

Day 305 - Deuteronomy 25

Instruction gets down into the smallest details of every-day life. How careful should be in every detail of our life!

V.4 Even the poor, hard-working ox is not to have a muzzle on when he worked (1 Cor. 9:9).

V.13 Dishonesty in having an incorrect scale.

V.16 God hates unfairness (Rom. 3:6).

V.17-19 “God requires that which is past” (Eccl. 3:15). People often confuse what God remembers and what He forgets. If we are careless believers, God will surely allow us to make foolish mistakes, but always because He loves us.

Chapters 22-25 have given us illustrations of how careful we should be in every part of our daily living as believers.

Day 306 - Deuteronomy 26

Today’s chapter rises into the illustrations of the highest privilege of life on earth, the worship of God.

V.1-4 The lovely story of their bringing a basket of the fruit first harvested in the beautiful land of promise into which they were now to enter. Notice three statements: (1) “come in;” (2) “possess it;” (3) “dwell therein.” Let’s be out and out for Christ. This is the fulfillment of the 7 “I will” promises God had made 40 years before (Read them in Ex. 6). Our life shows how much we are believing God.

V.3 We must take the 3 steps mentioned above, to enjoy (not to receive) our heavenly blessings, and so bring true worship to God. The Israelite did not offer the basket of first-fruits to get into the land, but because he was in it. So often we enjoy our blessing but are so unresponsive in our devotion to Christ.

V.1-11 They must bring the first-fruit they pick to the Lord. Christ is our “first-fruit” (1 Cor. 15:20). True worship is to present Christ to God. There are three beautiful steps in our life in these verses.

V.3 Firstly, to confess that we now have all our blessings (Eph. 1:3).

V.5 Secondly, to confess what misery we were in before we came to know Christ as our Savior.

V.11 Thirdly, enjoy our blessings with God. Then thoughtfulness and grace flows out to others.

V.12-15 Some believers use tithing — giving a percentage of their income to whom they think deserves it. In this there are two dangers (1) putting ourselves under law again. Clear instruction in 1 Corinthians 16:2. No mention is made of tithing. (2), To forget that all we have is the Lord’s (1 Cor. 6:19-20). He wants our whole heart, not just part of it. Worship comes first. Then caring for others.

Day 307 - Deuteronomy 27, Verses 1-10

Pay particular attention to the first ten verses and keep them completely separate in your mind before reading the rest of the chapter.

V.1-10 Here we read of the people of God, after 40 years of wilderness life, at last entering the land of promise. It was true that they were sinners, and because of this they needed the brazen altar and that of what it is a picture — the cross of Christ. The picture before us is of people accepted by God. Nothing remained but to bring the “burnt offering” and the “peace offering” to God. No need of the “sin offering.” All that was settled. Now only to worship! Isn’t that beautiful?

V.9 What a position to be in!

V.8, 10 All they needed to do was to obey the law; so to help them, the ten commandments were written on the stones (Ex. 24:12).

BUT NOW A CONTRAST.

Day 308 - Deuteronomy 27, Verses 11-26

V.11-13 Moses appoints two groups to stand on these separate mountains which were just inside the promised land. On Gerizim, to bless the people (for obeying) — on Ebal, to pronounce the curses if they disobeyed the law. Can you find the blessings? Not one word.

V.14-26 Twelve curses. Notice what all the people were to say after each curse was spoken! “Amen” means “I agree.” We have to turn to Galatians 3:10 to get the answer to our “why?” Paul even quotes from this very chapter. There can be no blessing from the law, even though God had kept His promise and brought them into this glorious land (Read Psa. 106:21-24).

To summarize our whole chapter: vvs. 1-10 present to us the heart of a gracious God, and the thoughts of God toward His beloved people. Yet vvs. 11-26 show us the actual condition of these people — they were on the ground of law — their blessings would depend on their obedience! So the sad result of Israel’s real state before God. BUT because of God’s grace and love, He has sent a Savior, Who has taken the curse for us and brought us into the position of total blessing. (Read Rom. 6:15).

Day 309 - Deuteronomy 28

Chapters 27 and 28 seem to contradict each other, but Scripture never does. It is therefore important to see what the difference is. Always read the Bible believing it, never doubting its perfectness. Chapter 27 is a picture of mankind as a sinner, utterly and totally ruined, incapable of getting blessings through behavior. An eternal curse rests on him (read the last half of John 3:36). But chapter 28 is a very broad view of the entire history of the nation of Israel on earth. It speaks first, in verses 1 to 14 of the blessings to those who obey. Remember, it does not refer to a Jewish person today who accepts Christ as Savior. This whole chapter is not referring to individuals, but to the whole nation of Israel in the future — in the millennium “E” to “F” on your chart.

V.16-68 Notice that this section is more than three times longer than the first. (Read Deut. 4:24; Psa. 9:17). But we must also remember that it is only through the fact that the Lord Jesus on the cross, endured the curses referred to in these 53 verses that there could come but one blessing to either the believing Israelite or a believer today. However, we need also to remind ourselves that though they and we receive these blessings as a gift, this does not give us the liberty to do our own will. If the believer obeys the Word of God, he is happy and will grow in his soul.

Day 310 - Deuteronomy 29, Verses 1-13

This chapter is the last part of the second main division of this book. It started with chapter 12. The first section, 1-11, was “why the people were to obey.” This second section is “what they were to obey.” Possibly the biggest help to understanding chapters 27 and 28 is to read verse 29 of today’s chapter, before you read the chapter. It simply means this, the “revealed” things are what Israel ought to have done, but didn’t; the “secret” things are what God would do in spite of their disobedience and complete failure. This is what the mercy and grace of God are! This is what the gospel is! This is what each believer should realize!

God is now going to make another covenant (agreement) with Israel at Moab. Why? You remember that they had broken the first covenant at Mount Sinai (or Horeb) just when they had crossed the Red Sea and came into the wilderness. They had turned to idolatry and had worshipped a golden calf. On that occasion they had been spared from total destruction by Moses’ intercession. That made it very plain that they had lost the right to enter the land. If God had kept them to that covenant at Sinai, He could not now bring them into the land after their long wanderings in the wilderness. What will He do? He will make another covenant with them at Moab! So this is one of the “secret things” of verse 29. In this way He can bring them into the land, for in this agreement He brings in His mercy! What a God!

V.1-13 As you read these verses of the covenant you will notice that it is a gentle agreement, not all law, nor all grace — but both. God reminds the people of His kindness since they left Egypt.

Day 311 - Deuteronomy 29, Verses 14-29

V.14-15 God thinks about others as well as those that were there. Read John 10:16 and Ephesians 2:11-13, 17, for what may be referred to in these two verses.

V.16-21 First Moses reminds them that they had seen many horrible sights in the lands they had passed through — idol worship mixed with all kinds of uncleanness. Exposure to evil dulls our ability to know good and evil, and we soon get like the man in verse 19-21. The Lord assures us that no one will get away with anything (Read Heb. 10:31).

V.22-28 Although these are warnings to Israel, we today, know that they are meant to be warnings to us, as Romans 15:4 tells us. If Israel became unfaithful to God (and they were), people in the future, when visiting this choice land, would ask what had happened. They would see the land full of diseases and total ruin, and would ask why the Lord had done this.

V.25-28 Here is the answer they would receive. We who truly are born again believers in the Lord Jesus Christ need to take a look at our own life. Are we living for Christ each day? Are we following in His footsteps? When an unbeliever looks at us, does he, or she see a reflection of Christ? These verses are a serious warning to us. Read these four verses again. This is the same Lord Who is looking down into your life and mine each hour of the day.

Day 312 - Deuteronomy 30

This chapter commences the 3rd and last section of this book. It covers the future of Israel after we believers have been caught away to glory. Yesterday we read of the “secret things.” Today we will read of some of these things. They show us the heart of God. For Israel had forfeited every right to blessing, having failed to keep the law and God had scattered the tribes to the ends of the earth. Yet we will read of Israel’s future blessing.

V.1-4 How descriptive these verses are of Israel (all 12 tribes) today! For the people of Israel are scattered over the face of the earth.

V.4-9 You will find seven times that it says what God will do.

V.10 Refers to those who obey. But look in verse 6 to see what God will have given those who believe — a new heart!

V.11-14 They will not need to use their hands or their feet to receive the blessings referred to in verses 4-9. But they use the new heart they will have received! Paul in Romans 10:5-13 uses almost the same words as our chapter, to describe the Gospel of the grace of God in our days!

This helps us to understand our chapter.

V.15-20 What tender, loving appeal made to them by God, to take His blessings; but coupled with a warning that those who refused this new heart would never get into the promised land, but would perish (v. 18).

Day 313 - Deuteronomy 31, Verses 1-13

V.1-6 Some of us will be touched by the tender words of Moses in this last loving appeal to the people to obey and trust the Lord. Moses loved God’s people (Read Ex. 32:31-32) and never became tired of pleading with them to keep on for the Lord. Moses and Paul are alike in this way. As both of these men came to the end of their life, they wrote, not about their life, but to others about following the Lord. Here in verse 6, notice seven things. Paul in Acts 20:28-35 gives seven or more pleadings to cleave to God and to the Word of His grace.

V.7-8 It is worth noticing that the words spoken to the whole congregation in the above verses are quite similar to those now spoken to the new great leader Joshua. Why? Because what the lowest and least important member of the camp of over 600,000 men needed was the same as the one who had the greatest responsibility — to be assured of God’s presence and power.

V.9-13 We learn that God attached great importance to everyone hearing the Word of God. So Moses gave the words to the priests, to ALL the elders to read to ALL Israel (v. 11) — men, women, children and strangers (v. 12). Every single person was to be brought into direct contact with the word of God.

Day 314 - Deuteronomy 31, Verses 14-30

V.14-15 What an experience for these two men to meet the Lord in the tabernacle, even though He hid Himself in a cloud! Do you speak to the Lord as intimately? He is just as close, and longs for us to be conscious of His Presence. “The Lord” (mentioned 19 times in this chapter) spoke directly to Moses and told him he would soon die. There was to be an official change over in leadership of the Lord’s people in His Presence in the Tabernacle (only verses where tabernacle is mentioned in this book).

V.16-18 Moses represented the law, and it could not bring Israel into the land of promise and rest. So Moses is to pass away. The future is told to Moses that the people would turn away from the Lord to other gods! After all the Lord had done for them from Egypt to the gates of this land. Notice “God” (not “Lord”) is used when the punishment is foretold.

V.19-29 Moses is told to write two things — a song to help the people remember what the Lord was saying to them. The other was to write in a book the words God was telling him (verse 26 tells where Moses was to put this book).

V.23 In spite of all the warnings of coming trouble (because of the people’s disobedience) the Lord encourages Joshua and promises to be with him. He does this to us too Hebrews 13:5.

Day 315 - Deuteronomy 32

Although Moses had longed to go into the land, (God had told him he wouldn’t be there) yet that didn’t keep him from speaking the words of this wonderful song.

V.1 Shows us how important it was, for actually, the words came out of the mouth of God, as every word of the Bible does (Ezek. 3:10; Isa. 6:8; Jer. 28:7). The whole creation is to listen!

V.1-43 If you take the time to read it slowly (it took me 8 minutes) you will see both the majesty, grace and love of God on one side, and yourself as a hopeless, rebellious sinner on the other side. Count how many times Moses goes from speaking of how gentle and kind God is (vvs. 2-4) and how terrible the people (we) acted (v. 5). But as you read on, you get glimpses of what God will do at the end (vvs. 29, 39-40, 43). Notice His grace, vengeance and glory!

V.8 Interesting. Israel is singled out from all the countries in the world.

V.44-47 Make the Word of God what Moses here says “Because it is your life.”

V.48-52 Farewell to faithful Moses (Heb. 3:2). But remember Galatians 6:7 and see that act of Moses (v. 51) cost him much.

There are two sides to God’s dealings with us believers, (1) in grace (2 Tim. 2:13); (2) government (Gal. 6:7). If we forget grace, we become careless, and if we forget government and fail, we become depressed.

Day 316 - Deuteronomy 33

Deuteronomy is always about the children of Israel “almost” in the land of promise. Today we read about the blessings the various tribes would receive in the land.

V.6 Reuben was the first-born of Jacob. But he lost his right of blessing as the first-born because of his sin (1 Chron. 5:1-2) and so we read very little of him here.

V.7 But Judah, the royal tribe, comes next (though he wasn’t the 2nd born) because into his tribe Christ was to be born. Christ is the Second Man (1 Cor. 15:47).

V.8-11 Another favored son Levi. The priestly tribe.

V.12 Benjamin next. Jerusalem, the city of the great King Christ was situated in the tribe of Benjamin.

V.13-17 Joseph, the one who inherited the first-born blessings, and so received the double blessing, 2 tribes formed from his two sons, (1 Chron. 5:1-2). A picture of Christ Who receives the double blessing too — the Jew and the Gentile.

V.18-25 The rest of the tribes. Each has a blessing.

V.26-29 Few words of the Old Testament rise up to the grandeur of these words, as Moses describes the wonders of God.

Day 317 - Deuteronomy 34

V.1-5 One act of disobedience had caused Moses the loss of going into the land of promise with his beloved people. But this is what God is showing us in this book of Deuteronomy. Obedience brings blessing, but so great is the grace of God, that He takes Moses up to the top of a mountain, and gives Moses a heavenly view of the land from God’s eyes! We can suppose that all the disappointments Moses may have had because of not getting into the land, are all now gone as he accompanies the God he loved and served so faithfully, on this wonderful sight of the land. God always gives something better. So closes this magnificent book of Deuteronomy. May God Himself bless you for reading it.

Day 318 - 1 Thessalonians 1

You can learn of the background of this book by reading Acts 17:1-9. In the first letter (Epistle) we are constantly struck with the freshness of the hope these new believers had in Christ. And at the same time, they were being persecuted terribly. Does it seem strange that these two things, joyful hope and persecutions could be had at the same time? Paul himself constantly had both, and rarely was without them. So he shared their joys.

V.2-4 Faith, love and hope. A glorious life we have, happy we are if we live in them.

V.5-10 But the Christian life isn’t just contemplation — it is living it out! The faithful way in which these believers were living was known in many places.

V.9-10 Positive change had come into their life. There are 3 things here: (1) they had turned to God from idols. (2) They were waiting for His Son from heaven. (3) He had saved them from God’s anger and judgment which is to come on this world. Doesn’t that make all our difficulties and sorrows seem so small?

Day 319 - 1 Thessalonians 2

V.1-11 The life which Paul lived was exactly the same as the one they were called upon to bear; a life of joyful hope and hard labor. He wasn’t telling them doctrine, but pointing out what will be the results of having received the doctrine of Christ. The doctrine we learn in these two books concerns the details of the two future comings of the Lord Jesus.

V.12 The happy Christian life is one of constant watchfulness, though God may sometimes give us pleasant circumstances. But these people were mostly suffering persecution for their faith. Sometimes we get criticized by other believers when we stand firmly, as these Thessalonians did.

V.13 They had not received the message as if it came from Paul, but as the Word of God. And notice it says that it works when we believe it! How much do we really believe it? And our life is showing how much we believe. The Word of God is the source of all our confidence.

V.14-20 Persecutions, which were caused by Satan hindering Paul, means that he was not able to see them face to face. But he accepted that as being allowed by God.

V.19-20 But this very hindrance made him think of when they all would be together with Christ in heaven. Notice how the believers, as well as Christ, filled his heart with joy. We often just think of being with Christ, but we are going to bring joy to each other as well.

Day 320 - 1 Thessalonians 3

V.1-10 Paul had only been able to stay a short while at Thessalonica because the Jews were stirring up great persecutions (Acts 17). He had to move on to Berea. But even there the Jews of that city came to stir up trouble against Paul. After this Paul hears that a great storm of persecution had broken out against the Thessalonians. Paul is very concerned that these believers had not been able to stand the persecution, so he sent Timothy to find out how they were getting along. When Timothy returned, and told Paul the good news that their faith and love (v. 6) had stood firm, he was comforted.

V.8 He was so close in spirit to those believers that he can say “we live if ye stand fast in the Lord.”

V.11 Joy flooded Paul’s soul as he thought of being able to see them.

V.12 They had surely shown love for one another he desired more — because he himself had such burning love for them. Divine love is eternal, is infinite, is the greatest power known. The love in verse 12 produces the holiness in verse 13, but holiness does not necessarily produce love.

Day 321 - 1 Thessalonians 4

V.1 We are to live in such a way that it will be pleasing to God. Remember, He has given us the power to do this.

V.2-8 Here we have a warning against immorality, gently spoken, surely. The Thessalonians had lived the immoral, pagan life before being saved. It was hard for them to change suddenly. But the power of the new life is stronger than the power of the old life. When living in obedience to God’s will (verse 3), this power is able to overcome the power of the old life. The Lord would punish any who disregarded the purity of marriage. A man who took another man’s wife, not only disregarded the husband but also disregarded the body as the dwelling place of God’s Spirit (1 Cor. 6:18-20).

V.8-12 He didn’t need to remind them to love one another, but says that they should love each other even more.

V.11 One of the few times the word “study” is used in the Scriptures. Notice what we are to study to be! The heart that rests in Christ and His present position in glory, is quiet, at peace, and is satisfied with the circumstances of his life.

V.12 Beautiful promise to the person who lives Christ before his unsaved neighbors and acquaintances, not depending on them for his needs.

V.13-18 Important six verses. Unless you understand them you will not have the hope which every believer needs to have daily. No events in the world need to take place before this event. The Lord Jesus can come at any moment, and take away every believer to heaven. Every true believer will hear His voice — not only those who are watching, as is being taught by some Christians today. All others will be left behind for judgment. There is no second chance for those who have heard the gospel.

Day 322 - 1 Thessalonians 5, Verses 1-11

V.1-11 You will need to watch your chart carefully. These verses are not referring to the Lord’s coming which we were reading of yesterday. “C” on chart. They refer to “E” the coming of the Lord with us. Not many believers know the difference. The “day of the Lord” has been prophesied since Enoch’s day (Jude 14). The entire Old Testament only refers to “E” (on chart) and never mentions “C”. No doubt this is why Paul says that he had no need to explain this coming (“E”). It is the day of the Lord’s greatest exaltation. The death of Christ was the day of His greatest humiliation. It will affect every creature in heaven and on earth, and will bring about a tremendous change on the earth — the millennium will begin, the reign of Christ as King over this entire world, the Day of the Lord. This coming of the Lord is referred to as “the appearing,” because the whole world will see Him (as the Sun of Righteousness Mal. 4:2 — the sun wakes up people). But when He comes for us, it is like the morning star rising Rev. 22:16 — the world sleeps when this star rises.

V.2 The day of the Lord’s coming is as a thief in the night. The day is like a thief, not that the Lord is like a thief. He will take away the unsaved, not the saved. “Two shall be in the field; the one (unsaved) shall be taken, and the other (believer) left.”

Matt. 24:39-40. This is referring to the “appearing” — “E” on chart.

V.8 These things are important for every believer to know.

Day 313 - 1 Thessalonians 5, Verses 12-28

V.12-28 Instructions as to everyday conduct, but by no means unimportant. Those who were the most exposed to the persecutions and dangers were the most protected by the Lord.

V.12-13 They were to pay attention to, and love those who brought the new truth of Christianity. Christians in general, today do not want this truth.

V.14-15 Briefer, but no less important instructions.

V.16 Rejoicing never need stop for the believer, because he does not get his joy from his circumstances.

V.16-21 These have to do with us personally.

V.21-22 Notice carefully that God says in the first verse “Hold fast” (hold tightly) to what is right, and the second verse, He says “Hold aloof’ (keep far away) from all wickedness.

V.23 Here is what the God of peace Himself will then do for you in your spirit, soul and your body!

V.24 More! What God promises you, He will do it!

Day 324 - 2 Thessalonians 1, Verses 1-6

The 1st Epistle corrects a serious error, that the believers who died would miss the great privilege of coming with the Lord Jesus at the time of His appearing (E on chart). This second Epistle clears the second error — that the tribulation had already come and that they were passing through it. This is not so. The believers all knew that the “day of the Lord” would be ushered in by dreadful events and darkness (Isa. 2-4; Joel 2-3; Amos 5; Zeph. 1-3). Satan was sending great difficulties and was using false teachers to tell them that “the day” had arrived.

V.1-4 But before pointing out these errors, he warms their hearts. If you read the opening verses of the 1st Epistle you would see “faith,” “love,” and “hope” mentioned. But notice in our verses “hope” is missing. They were losing the hope of the Lord’s coming for the believer.

V.5-10 The persecutions were to encourage (not discourage) them to look up. He tells them that they shall rejoice more than ever if they endured these troubles. The Lord loves the believers and yet allows trials and sorrows to come upon them! But what a day is ahead for the unbelievers when God will rain fire and brimstone upon them!

Day 325 - 2 Thessalonians 1, Verses 7-12

V.7-10 This is His appearing (“E” on chart). The worse our trials, sorrows, disappointments here, the more we can realize that the day is coming when all will be reversed. Read Hebrews 12:2 for a word to each one of us.

V.8 Every unsaved living person shall see the Lord Jesus this way! If the Lord comes today, this event will not be long after, after 7 years, or so later.

V.11-12 Paul prays for them. Isn’t it good to pray for each other! The entrance of the Word causes light to come into our life. Pray above all, for a tender conscience as you read His Word. Read these 2 powerful verses carefully.

Day 326 - 2 Thessalonians 2, Verses 1-8

V.2 “At hand” means “is already here.”

V.3 Many believers today are deceived by bad teaching, and not one knows he is being deceived — the deception is so clever. Only obedience to what we already know brings more spiritual intelligence. The “falling away” means a time when the great majority has given up belief in God and turned to total self-will. We are today seeing this developing everywhere, but worse is to come. Also, when the full development of this — called the “apostasy” which word means “abandonment of one’s religion” — has come, then the Antichrist, the agent of Satan, will appear, a real man on this earth — immediately after the Lord has caught away the believers.

V.4 He will sit in God’s place in the temple which will have been built in Jerusalem. The Jews would like to start building it, but are so preoccupied with their enemies, they haven’t the time or means today. But they will. This man will teach what Satan suggested to Eve in the Garden of Eden “ye shall be as gods” (Gen. 3:5).

V.6 God controls all, and while the believers are still here on earth, and the Holy Spirit in each of us, God will preserve from the power of Satan — great comfort to know this.

V.7 The mystery of this wickedness and even worse, lawlessness, is working now. We are seeing the mysterious powers of Spiritism spreading daily. It is becoming more difficult to distinguish between the work of God and the work of Satan. And these are the signs that we are in the last days.

V.8 A more exact word for this man (“that wicked”) is “lawless one.” This is worse. Evil first is wickedness, but as it becomes worse, it sets itself up in opposition to God and this is lawlessness. When the Lord Jesus comes at the close of the tribulation (“E” on chart) He will destroy this lawless one.

Day 327 - 2 Thessalonians 2, Verses 9-17

V.9-12 Those who today do not believe the gospel — during the day of grace, see chart — and those who hear the gospel of the kingdom during the 7 years (“C” to “E”) and do not accept it, are the ones here described. God will make them believe a lie, because they would not believe the truth when they heard it. What a dreadful future waits for our unsaved loved ones.

V.13-14 God’s side and God’s doings.

V.15 Our responsibility. The two are usually together in the Scriptures.

V.16-17 What comfort! What a contrast to what we have just read, “our Father which hath loved us ... comfort your hearts (God’s side) ... in every good word and work (our responsibility).”

Day 328 - 2 Thessalonians 3

Having given them his messages, Paul longs that they would live like this! And we can be thankful too that we have the Word of God still to read and obey. It does us little good to do the first without doing the second.

V.2-6 They were in danger of listening to bad teachers. Don’t think of these as bad men (immoral) for probably they were very highly respected religious leaders.

V.3-5 They needed to be strengthened by receiving this truth.

V.7-12 Then there were dangers in another direction. There were some who were excited about all these great coming events, and though there was no need to work because the Lord was coming! We also are to continue on in our daily work, but waiting for Him to come at any moment. Notice the strong instructions — not wanting to work so no food.

V.13 Lovely contrast and an encouragement for us all.

V.18 A beautiful thought to close with.

Day 329 - 2 Corinthians 1

One word possibly could describe this book “comforting.” Paul had written very strongly in his first letter to this assembly. Now he has heard that it had had a good effect on them, so he writes his second letter to them.

V.3-4 There is no comfort like that which comes from God Himself, and Paul had himself felt the wonder of this. And now he is able to comfort others. Let us not be afraid of trials but turn to the Lord for the lessons intended and for the comfort that comes with the trials. And then we shall be better able to encourage others who are in trial.

V.11 It is good to help the work of the Lord by prayer. When souls are saved, we can then feel that we’re part of the work.

V.14-19 Paul wanted to visit them, and because he didn’t get there, they accused him of changing his mind.

V.20 God always keeps His promises! Paul is saying that when he said “yes,” he meant “yes,” “yea” (certainly) and “amen” means “Let it be done.”

V.21-22 The Holy Spirit of God is given to every believer for 3 special purposes (1) “anointed,” so that we may be able to understand the truth; (2) “sealed,” so that we may be sure we are eternally saved; (3) “earnest,” by having the Holy Spirit actually living in our body, we have the guarantee that we are a child of God.

Day 330 - 2 Corinthians 2

V.1-5 Paul really exposes his great heart of love for these Corinthians. It was because he loved them that he writes so plainly to them. He felt the grief too. But joy also!

V.7-8 The guilty man, whom Paul had spoken about in the first epistle, chapter 5, has now repented, and so Paul tells them to show him love and to receive him back among them.

V.11 There are two special “devices” of Satan. One of the dangers is that when a believer continues to keep on in a particular sin, the assembly where he attends does not put him (her) out of fellowship with them; the other is that we fail to be forgiving when there is true repentance.

V.15-16 Whenever Christ is preached, it is a “sweet savor” to God. God delights to hear the gospel, and to hear His beloved Son presented as Savior. If the message is accepted, there is joy in the presence of the angels of God.

Day 331 - 2 Corinthians 3

V.1 If a person was gathered to the Lord’s precious Name in one city, he is in one fellowship with those who are also gathered to the Lord’s name in any other city. And so as these believers went from place to place, they took with them a letter that would introduce them to those believers in other cities. Each assembly was not independent of the others. We read in Ephesians 4:3, “endeavoring to keep the unity of the Spirit,” and this is one way in which they followed this instruction. The Bible never speaks of denominations, but of one body.

V.6 The “letter” is the law that was given by Moses, and the “spirit” is like God’s wonderful message of grace, given by His Spirit.

V.11 The law that was given by Moses was glorious but it was “done away.” But that which is God’s message by His Spirit “remaineth.”

V.18 To the extent that the Lord is controlling my life, so I am going to become more like Him. Serious thought!

Day 332 - 2 Corinthians 4

V.3-4 The gospel was not hidden because it was not preached, but because people would not accept it.

V.7 The Spirit of God is within the believer (the treasure), but we are still with our earthly body (earthen vessels).

V.10 Paul wanted to be nothing, so that Christ might be seen in his life.

V.11 If we are not willing to be nothing, the Lord knows how to break us down. For there is nothing so important in our life as showing forth our Lord Jesus in a dark world.

V.17 Paul calls all his suffering for the Lord (2 Cor. 11:23-27) “light affliction!” He looks ahead to the “weight of glory.” We may suffer for our Lord along the way, but there is an eternity of glory ahead.

V.18 Everything that is seen is “temporal.” It will soon be gone. But our spiritual blessings in Christ are “not seen,” for they are heavenly and eternal.

Day 333 - 2 Corinthians 5

V.1 We know that when we leave this world we have a house not made with hands, eternal in the heavens. If the believer dies, his earthly house (body) later will be changed into a body fit for heaven. Notice 3 conditions mentioned here in these first 4 verses. “Unclothed” the condition of a believer who has passed away and is with Christ, but has not yet received his new glorified body. “Naked” the condition of a lost one who does not have the robe of righteousness and stands guilty and naked before God. “Clothed upon”, that glorious condition when all the Lord’s redeemed ones will have their new bodies. This will take place the moment the Lord comes in the air to take us to heaven.

V.6-8 Paul is always perfectly confident, and not only Paul, for he says “we are ... ”

V.9 Because of this confidence (trust) we ought to love to please the Lord.

V.10 Every believer in our Lord Jesus, will have his life reviewed and he shall find that everything done for our Lord in obedience to His Word will be rewarded.

V.20 We can be like ambassadors who represent our Lord in this guilty world — only the Apostles were really “ambassadors.”

Day 334 - 2 Corinthians 6

V.1-10 Faithful service for our Lord will not receive honor here. Paul, while he was alive and taught the Word of God, suffered greatly. And it is true to this day. If you wish to be true to the Lord Jesus, to confess His name, to be gathered to His name in heart, to follow His Word, you will not be popular. Paul gladly continued to serve the Lord; he encourages us to do the same.

V.14-17 We are told not to be unequally yoked (joined) together with unbelievers. Neither in marriage nor in any other way, are we to be in this unequal yoke. Many believers are becoming careless about this. God’s Word can’t be flaunted without cost to us later. He calls Himself the Lord Almighty, for He is greater than any who would try to persecute the believer. And He faithfully promises that He will be a Father to His own. Let us be obedient children and then we will be full of courage. When we lack courage it is because we are disobedient.

Day 335 - 2 Corinthians 7

We are told to get rid of all that would dishonor the Lord. “Filthiness of the flesh” — no doubt there are bad habits that would not be pleasing to the Lord, that we should gladly give up rather than grieve Him. And “filthiness of the spirit” would remind us of the unequal yoke that we have just been warned against.

V.6-7 Titus brought to Paul the good news, he had been waiting for, that the Corinthians had received and acted on the message of the first epistle.

V.11 The Corinthians had repented and mourned about their carelessness in allowing evil in the assembly. As a matter of fact, the assembly was to blame for the condition described in 1 Corinthians 5 (v. 2). But it took a long time for the assembly to realize this. So actually there were two evils. Moral evil in the man, religious evil in the assembly. So it is good to see that it all had a correcting effect on the assembly.

V.15 The Corinthians were not afraid of Titus, but they had a healthy respect for the Word of God through Paul. They obeyed the message sent from the Lord. Let us also tremble before the Word of God, and obey it.

Day 336 - 2 Corinthians 8

V.1-7 Beautiful example of Christian generosity.

V.2 With affliction and deep poverty they gave so generously. But it produced much joy!

V.5 They first gave themselves to the Lord, and then they gave their gifts. The Lord does not want your money or your gifts so much as He wants you first of all! And then it is your privilege to be generous to the needy, and He will keep a full record of it.

V.9 The perfect and wonderful pattern of giving. The Lord Jesus became poor. He gave up everything and then gave Himself that we might be rich. We can never measure our riches, for they are spiritual and they are forever. The things of this life, we shall soon leave behind.

V.12 God knows what we have need of material things and does not demand 10 percent (tithing) from us.

V.20 Paul acted in a way that would avoid any accusations of covetousness and gossip.

V.21 Let us always act in a way that is completely honest before the Lord and before people. Our words will fall on deaf ears if others see that we are not honest.

Day 337 - 2 Corinthians 9

V.1-5 These believers were very generous in their giving.

V.2 Their zeal had encouraged very many to be generous also.

V.6 We are sowing now by the faithful use of that which the Lord has given to us. And the reaping time will come when the Lord will review our life and will commend and reward that which was done or given for Him.

V.7 “God loveth a cheerful giver.” How nice to receive a gift from someone who gave cheerfully because (s)he loved you!

V.11-12 This generous kindness caused “thanksgiving to God” which is mentioned in the end of each verse. There were really three benefits; first the Corinthians who gave so generously would receive a reward; second, those who received the gift would be encouraged by it; third, the Lord received the thanks!

V.15 A reminder of the most wonderful and most generous gift of all. God has given His own Son. Truly an “unspeakable gift.”

Day 338 - 2 Corinthians 10

V.1-2 Some were saying that Paul was “base” (or lowly) when he was with them. It is true that Paul was meek and gentle, because he was a follower of the Lord Jesus. But this does not mean that he overlooked sin, or passed over disobedience.

V.5 The meek and gentle Apostle speaking about obedience to the Word or God. He warns in strong language that we are never to allow our own thoughts or reasoning to question the Word of God. We bow gladly before the Word and walk in obedience to it, as Christ Himself did.

V.6 Disobedience to the Word of God is never treated lightly. It is absolutely condemned, for the Lord has given us the power to obey His word.

V.10 Notice the rude way that some of the believers spoke of Paul, “his bodily presence weak and his speech contemptible.” And yet he loved them very much and tried to help and shepherd them.

V.17 If he had boasted in himself, he would have been offended by their mocking, but instead he gloried in the Lord.

V.18 Let us be careful that we serve and obey in quietness, and leave it to the Lord to commend.

Day 339 - 2 Corinthians 11

V.1-3 Paul loved and longed for the blessing of the Corinthians! He wanted these believers to be true and faithful to their Lord. But he knew that as Satan had deceived Eve, so Satan would try to deceive them.

V.4 False teachers had already come in, and Paul warns against them.

V.13-15 Warnings about these teachers, and the enemy whom they represent. “The ministers of Satan.” That is strong language but it is needed. There are many today who come to our houses with bad doctrines. They act like “angels of light” and carry a Bible with them, and speak much of God, but they deny the divinity of the Lord Jesus; that He is God the Son.

V.21-29 This account makes us ashamed, for we feel that we have suffered little, if any, for the Lord. If we stand for the truth of God’s Word, we shall be criticized, even sometimes by other believers.

V.30 And now we see that he does not glory in what he has suffered, but rather in his infirmities (weaknesses): this magnified the power and grace of God.

Day 340 - 2 Corinthians 12

V.1-5 Paul avoids boasting about himself, so he speaks in these verses of “a man in Christ,” but is referring to himself. The third heaven is God’s own eternal home, where the believer will live forever. It is beyond all that has been created! Paul could not describe in human words, what he had experienced there.

V.7 There was a danger that Paul would be proud of this experience, and so some bodily affliction which is here called a “thorn in the flesh,” was given to him.

V.8-9 Paul asked the Lord three times to take away his affliction, but then he got his answer. The Lord said that He would give Paul the grace to bear it. He does not promise to remove every trial, but He does promise to give us the ability to bear what He allows.

V.9 “The power of Christ.” This is the only time this expression is found in the Bible. It can be a grand encouragement to each believer when he (she) has been allowed by the Lord, to go through a serious illness or trouble. Then and not till then, is this promise given, “that the power of Christ may rest upon me.” Are you getting the message?

V.10 Paul has learned his lesson, “when I am weak, then am I strong.” If we trust in our own strength we shall fail, but if, in our weakness, we lean on our Lord, He will give us the strength we need.

V.15 Let us desire this spirit of forgiving love — not look for love, but show love to all.

Day 341 - 2 Corinthians 13

V.1-3 Some said they did not believe that he was really an apostle.

V.3 They asked Paul for a proof.

V.5 His answer. “Examine yourselves — are you saved — through whose preaching were you saved?” Of course they would have to admit that it was through the preaching of Paul, so he says, “This is your proof that Christ has been speaking through me.”

V.11 Paul had not found it easy to write these 2 letters. He loved those believers so much, and it hurt him to have to warn and correct them. Now that it is ended, he speaks so gently, “Finally brethren farewell.” If we belong to our Lord Jesus we are truly “brethren” and can happily greet one another this way. “Be perfect” — he wished nothing less for them than true and faithful following of the Lord. “Be of good comfort” — He knew what it was to be comforted in trial, and he wished them to know it too. “Be of one mind, live in peace.” Do we desire this?

Day 342 - 1 Peter 1, Verses 1-8

God has a different purpose in every book in the Bible. Each one is like a precious jewel, with its individual shades of color seen against the background of God’s love. In this book, the believers had been Jews, who had been scattered into other lands and were suffering for their faith in the Lord Jesus. In these two letters, Peter does not tell of the wonderful heavenly position of the believer like Paul does. He tells them that they are strangers and pilgrims who suffer on the earth, and directs their (and our) thoughts toward heaven.

V.2 God knew beforehand who would believe in the Lord Jesus Christ. That is what “foreknowledge” means. The true Christian life is an obedient life. “Sprinkling of the blood of Jesus Christ” means that the believer stands perfectly clean before God because he has been cleansed by the blood of Christ.

V.3 He tells them that they have a living hope based on the resurrection of Christ in contrast to only a hopeless life on earth which they used to have when they were unsaved Jews.

V.4-25 They have an inheritance which will never perish, can’t be spoiled, won’t fade away, reserved in heaven! And still we get attracted by some foolish, passing thing here on earth!

V.5 The believer is kept safe by God’s power. He has salvation ready now, and waiting to be shown to him.

V.6 He has something to make him rejoice greatly. But he also has trials and difficulties, if he needs them!

V.7 These things happen to him, in order that what is real in him, will result in praise and honor and glory when the whole world will see the Lord Jesus (see chart). It is when the Lord Jesus appears at the end of the tribulation and the beginning of the millennium. If you remember that He is coming soon for us believers, then it makes it easier to endure all the difficulties. That is, the difficulties because we are believers.

V.8 We shall not only endure, but triumph with a joy that cannot be explained.

Day 343 - 1 Peter 1, Verses 10-22

V.10-13 All through the Old Testament, the serious-minded men tried to find out the secret of the Christ Who was to come. Even the prophets read over what they had written, in order to try to find out the meaning of the words about the sufferings of Christ. They could understand that this coming One was to be great, but couldn’t understand the part about His sufferings. (Read Luke 24:25-26, 44, 46). Even the angels tried to find out. Does this not thrill us!

V.14-16 The believer has a new life to live, he leaves the old life behind him.

V.18-19 “Redeemed” means to be “bought back.” The Lord Jesus bought us back for God. The cost was His precious blood.

V.22 “Obeying” is mentioned for the third time in this chapter. If we obey, we will love all other believers, for they are God’s children.

Day 344 - 1 Peter 2, Verses 1-7

V.1 What goes out of our new life. “Malice” means thinking bad thoughts about others. “Guile” means to deceive or to be tricky. “Hypocrisies” means to pretend to be something we are not. “Envies,” to want to be what we are not. “Evil speaking,” bad talking. All must go out of our life, if we are going to be ready for the next verse.

V.2 Be thirsty, like new-born babies are, for the spiritual food, the milk of the Word of God. This is the only food for our new life in Christ.

V.3 We never will find the Bible attractive unless we have tasted that the Lord is good.

V.4 Christ is the living Stone. The unsaved refuse Him, but He is precious to God, and precious to us!

V.5 Most important verse. Every believer is also a living stone. But more than that, every believer is now a priest! We are able to offer up spiritual sacrifices, not dead animals as in the Old Testament, to God. They are acceptable to God by Jesus Christ. We do not need any other man to come between God and us (i.e. priest or minister).

V.7 Is He precious to you? To a believer He should become more precious each day.

Day 345 - 1 Peter 2, Verses 8-25

V.8 Christ is a stone over which those who don’t believe, stumble. The last part of the verse doesn’t mean that the unbelievers were chosen, but it does mean that they are going to stumble over the Stone which was appointed.

V.9 If verse 7 is true about us, then we shall be showing His attractiveness by our lives.

V.11 Our old nature has selfish passions, and here we are warned that they make war against our soul; we are not to let them have control of us (Rom. 6:11-12).

V.13-21 We are to obey the government’s laws. If we suffer patiently for being a believer, we do well and shall be rewarded later. We are only following in the footsteps of the Lord Jesus.

V.21-25 Our eyes are turned to Him as the perfect example.

Day 346 - 1 Peter 3

V.1-6 These verses are particularly for believing wives whose husbands are not saved. “Be in subjection” goes further than “obey.” It is the result of trusting God, and resting quietly in Him. Then the wife will be willing to submit to her husband. If she is enjoying the Lord in her life, then the husband will “read” her instead of the Bible and will be won to Christ. This is a promise.

V.7 The believing husband is to show consideration to his believing wife. They are heirs together of what God has given them.

V.8-9 Finally, a message for all believers. How close do we come to it?

V.10-18 Every chapter has something about suffering in it. We need to remember that the enjoyment of our blessing is going to come to us through obedience and suffering. And as He had joy, so also shall we. When suffering is mentioned, so is reward.

V.19 The spirit of those people who heard the preaching of Noah and didn’t believe him, are now in chains — imprisoned and waiting for judgment.

Day 347 - 1 Peter 4

V.1-7 Suffering for being a believer, is further explained.

V.1 If I (my old life, the flesh) want to do something, and go ahead and do it, my old life, my flesh enjoys it. But if I don’t do it, my flesh suffers, but I don’t sin.

V.4 The world can see no happiness in being a believer. But we have a joy that they don’t know anything about.

V.8-19 How believers are to act toward each other.

V.8 “Love” is another word for “charity.” To have love for other believers keeps us from doing things (sins) which we might do otherwise.

V.11 When directed by God, everything in the believer’s life comes from God.

V.12-19 We are not to be surprised if we believers suffer for the name of Christ. But we are to connect our sufferings with what He suffered when here.

V.13 The thought of the coming of the Lord Jesus is the reward, and gives us strength to keep on.

V.15 A believer should never suffer as an evil-doer.

V.17-18 The “house of God” is made up of all who “say” they are Christians whether true believers or not. It is far better for an unsaved person to say he is not a Christian than to say he is. If we suffer here on earth, what is it going to be like for the unsaved to suffer in hell forever!

Day 348 - 1 Peter 5

V.1-4 The older men were to be examples of the Christian life. Peter had been a witness of the suffering of Christ, and he was going to be a partaker of the glory which is coming.

V.4 Rewards are coming!

V.7 The more accurate translation of this is, “Having cast all your cares etc.” Don’t take them back again!

V.8-9 These show how much the Lord loves us. Satan hates us, and will try to get our thoughts away from the Lord.

V.10 God will keep us until that day! When we think about this, we shall know what to keep away from in this world which hates Him.

Day 349 - 2 Peter 1, Verses 1-8

The second letter mainly warns against those who try to turn true believers away from following the Lord. Today there are many like this.

V.1-4 These are what every believer has, in Christ. Read them carefully.

V.5 Our side. Our responsibility — not to get the blessings, but because we have them. Verse 5 says “and beside this” like “For the very reason that we have the blessings” of verses 3 and 4, now we are to live in them. If we do not feed the old life (the old nature) it gets weak. Love (charity), is going to be an important part of our life.

Day 350 - 2 Peter 1, Verses 9-21

V.9 But if these things are not part of our life, then we cannot see far into the things of God. We look at the things around us.

V.11 If we are obedient believers, then we are going to be happy and waiting to enter heaven.

V.12-15 Peter was happy to remind them of these things, even although they knew them. And we need to be reminded over and over again. We forget so soon.

V.17-18 The transfiguration of the Lord in Matthew 17.

V.19 The transfiguration made the prophecies of the Old Testament more sure to the believers. The morning star appears before the day dawns. In the Scripture, sunrise is the Lord Jesus coming in glory at the beginning of the millennium (see your chart). But the morning star is the Lord Jesus coming for the believers before the millennium (see your chart).

V.20-21 We cannot just take one part of the Scripture we must put all together to get the full meaning. No prophecy is explained by itself. But don’t forget that all prophecy has to do with this world.

Day 351 - 2 Peter 2

Now the warnings against the false teachers.

V.1 “The Lord that bought them” doesn’t mean that they are saved people, though they might look like it, but that the Lord paid the cost at the cross so that they could be saved if they believed. Confused a bit? Matthew 13:44-45 may help. The Lord Jesus “bought” the world so that He could “redeem” some of the people in the world. Many people would be deceived by them.

V.3 But punishment would overtake them!

V.4-10 Examples of similar things in the past. Angels that sinned are still today chained and waiting for judgment. In the flood, the ungodly were not spared. Next Sodom and Gomorrah. It might have seemed at that time that these cities would go on forever, but judgment came.

V.9 The Lord knows how to deliver His own! We do not need to be concerned.

V.12-22 Description of men in powerful and religious positions today.

V.20 They are without excuse. For here it tells us that they heard the truth themselves, and rejected it. It would be far better if they had never heard it.

V.22 The dog and the sow (pig), unclean animals, show that these people are not saved.

Day 352 - 2 Peter 3

Today’s chapter is different. These people are looking around and thinking that because everything looks so steady and sure, it is going to go on forever. And people today are saying and thinking the same thing.

V.1-2 Sweet whispers of tenderness for us.

V.3-4 The unsaved scoffers, because everything seemed stable, said that the Lord would never come back and change things.

V.5-7 God reminds them (and us) that they were forgetting the flood!

V.8 Little things and great things are alike to the Lord. One day is like a thousand years to Him.

V.9 The Lord is not careless about His promise to come back. He waits because He does not wish anyone to perish.

V.10 This is referring to the Lord’s coming to snatch away the unbelievers. Just the opposite to the first coming.

V.11-18 Seeing all these things are going to come to pass, what holy people we should be!

V.17-18 We need to be very careful whom we listen to. And to grow in grace and in the knowledge of our Lord and Savior Jesus Christ.

Day 353 - Joshua 1

A Reminder. The Old Testament gives us pictures of the steps in the believer’s life. First step — salvation. Then separation from the world, then worship, then service and now in Joshua, warfare. Joshua has replaced Moses as leader. There were a few battles in the wilderness, but it is now going to be one after another in “the land.” Joshua was leading the people to conquer the whole land. God had promised to give them the land, so now they have to take possession of it. Notice carefully the wording of verse 3. Not “I will give you.” For us today, the “promised land” is not so much heaven as the heavenly blessings we have now while here on earth. The book of Joshua is a picture, an illustration, a type of the book of Ephesians. The “heavenly places” (Eph. 1:3) are our Canaan, into which we enter when we accept Christ as Savior. As we enjoy our rich blessings we realize it means warfare against Satan, the one who robs us of our joys if we are unwilling to resist him (James 4:7).

It is a battle! Satan will do all in his power to keep you from understanding this.

V.1-9 The name “Joshua” means “Jehovah the Savior.” It is the same name as “Jesus” in the New Testament. Christ is our Leader in the battles to defend the truth (Eph. 6:11).

V.10-15 Preparation for the battles ahead! “Victuals,” verse 11, means food which they would need during the difficult days. Christ, through God’s Word, is the food for us Christians (John 6:35). “Armed,” verse 14, means they were to go “five in a rank,” or in a very orderly way. See the end of 1 Corinthians 14:40.

V.16-18 What respect they had for their leader! Are we Christians as reverent toward Christ?

Day 354 - Joshua 2

V.1-11 How much like ourselves were these Old Testament people! Joshua’s faith is not strong, so he sends spies instead of just going ahead on the sure Word of Jehovah (Joshua 1:1-6). Rahab, an immoral woman turns to Jehovah by faith — but isn’t truthful with her neighbors.

V.12-21 While Rahab was not as upright as she should have been, it was her personal faith in God which made her willing to forsake her people and turn to help Israel.

V.21 Shows that she immediately put out the “token” or sign as to whose side she and her household were on. How about us and our homes, is it plain whose side we are on?

V.22-24 It was Israel’s weakness of faith that led to the sending of the spies. It was Jehovah’s wonderful grace which gave the spies the evidence they looked for, to encourage them. Rahab, for her faith in God, later came in to the family of Israel, married Salmon, and became one in the royal line, into which Jesus was born, much later (Matt. 1:5). She is also mentioned in Hebrews 11:31 and James 2:25, neither of which hides what she was before, but mentions her faith and works.

Day 355 - Joshua 3

V.1-6 The people under Joshua are obedient and reverent before the ark — a picture of the Lord’s presence. God had His proper place at the head, leading them. In the Christian assembly Christ is our Head.

V.7-17 Sure victory promised. One more step of faith. Notice verse 14, it doesn’t say “into the Jordan” but it says “over.” Not only can believers say that “Christ died for us,” that is pictured in the Israelites’ crossing the Red Sea in the book of Exodus, but the believer can also say that “I am crucified with Christ” — pictured in this crossing of the Jordan river.

Day 356 - Joshua 4

V.1-11 One monument which the people could see was on the dry land, and one they could not see was under the water of the Jordan River; one for their remembrance and one for the Lord’s.

V.12-18 Everyone moved only at Joshua’s command from the Lord. As believers, we have no right to our thoughts at all (2 Cor. 10:5). Rather we need to pay attention to God’s thoughts in His Word. The Holy Spirit is the Teacher! (John 16:13). He will teach us all the same things, if we are willing and obedient. There is no room for opinions (1 Cor. 1:10).

V.19-24 Gilgal was the place of this monument, to always remind the Israelites of Jehovah’s power which was for them. They had no power in themselves. The Lord’s hand was mighty. It was not through any confidence in themselves that they got to Gilgal. Philippians 3:3 would be the Christian’s Gilgal — which means “death to the flesh”.

Day 357 - Joshua 5, Verses 1-9

V.1-9 Now sharp knives had to be used on themselves. It was painful, but very necessary if they were to really get the promised land (Gen. 17:1-11). This was the other part of the meaning of “Gilgal” to them. The Egyptians were not circumcised. God wanted His people to be a separated people. Circumcision is a picture of separation from the flesh and the world. God wants them to be cut off from any connection with Egypt. Have we Christians personally learned what the Apostle Paul said of himself in Romans 7:18? Unbelievers have self (“I”) as their only center. Christians are to have Christ as the Center of their lives. Their entrance into the land was to pass over Jordan, a picture of our spiritual death with Christ. Secondly, circumcision is a picture of death to the flesh. These two pictures are the foundation truth of our entering into the fuller enjoyment and understanding of our present position in Christ. (Read Eph. 2:13-22).

Day 358 - Joshua 5, Verses 10-15

V.10-12 Manna was their food from Jehovah through the wilderness. In the believer’s trials and problems of everyday life, we can think of the Lord Jesus as the Man Who understands, sympathizes, and cares (Jesus, our “Manna”). But now Israel is not going to have the manna any more. Instead, a new food, the old corn of the land. Corn stored from the harvest of the year before. A glorified Christ has gone back to the place from where He had come. This is beautifully pictured in the “old corn.” Christ was in the glory in a past eternity and has now returned, but this time as a Man. He is the first Man to enter heaven and is the only Person there at present — until the rapture. This was going to be the food to make them strong. There were battles ahead. Believers now find that opposition starts against him from unbelievers and worldly believers. The “battles” start.

V.13-15 Further lesson for Joshua the leader! He had a “Leader” too.

Day 359 - Joshua 6, Verses 1-14

V.1-5 Jericho was the first great city of the land they were to conquer. It is a picture of the world which is totally against God and under the control of Satan, the god of the world (2 Cor. 4:4). The way the city is taken shows plainly that the power to overcome it was totally from God.

V.2 Could Joshua ever doubt that they wouldn’t take the city? We believers today can have the same confidence as Joshua when we read Ephesians 1:1-14. We have been given all the blessings we will ever have, even in heaven. But are we really enjoying them and living them? Joshua believed and he obeyed. He did exactly what God told him to do. And we read the result in the end of the chapter. Will this be true of our life?

V.6-14 It was not because of a fine, powerful army or of their fighting abilities, but of God’s power acting for them. They acted in simple obedience.

Day 360 - Joshua 6, Verses 15-23

V.15-16 The word “seven” (or “seventh”) appears four times here. That number has a special meaning in Scripture — it means that something is completed. Mostly good, but sometimes bad or evil. Here is victory for Israel, but death for the people of Jericho. The Israelites were told to shout. Notice why.

V.17-19 The words “accursed” or “curse” are used four times — four is universal. Jericho is really a picture of the whole world lost in sin and under the sentence of death, waiting for the punishment (judgment) to fall on it. The people were told not to touch anything in the city except that all the silver, gold, vessels of brass and iron were to be put into the treasury of the Lord. Remember this when reading the next chapter.

V.20-27 It all happened! Just as the Lord had said it would, in verses 2 and 5. So also God’s judgment will be carried out on this whole wicked world (2 Pet. 3:10), DEATH.

V.22-23 What a contrast! One woman had a wonderful message to tell to “whosoever” (Joshua 2:19) would come into her house would be safe! It all happened! Just as the Lord had said it would! Does it thrill you to be one of those “inside”? LIFE.

Day 361 - Joshua 7, Verses 1-15

V.1-5 There are some Christians who say that how other believers act doesn’t affect them. That each one just looks after himself. But this chapter shows that even in Old Testament times, the sin of one man affected the whole camp of Israel. See 1 Corinthians 5 for a New Testament chapter showing the same thing.

V.6-15 At first there is the blaming the Lord, and complaining about their own loss. They had not seen in themselves pride and self-pity! After having gained a great victory in the previous chapter, now today comes a defeat. Notice there was no asking God for guidance; everything seemed easy — a little town to take, so just send a little company of soldiers. Simple. Isn’t that just like us? We forget our total dependence on the Lord each day, and what a result! But then the secret of their defeat comes out.

V.11 Though in this verse it looks as if the whole lot of them had sinned; notice 5 times a similar word is used. Do you find it?

V.12-15 God is showing us all believers are “one body” (1 Cor. 12:13). Our individual behavior affects other believers.

Day 362 - Joshua 7, Verses 16-26

God’s way was to make every Israelite feel that he might be the guilty person (Read Matt. 26:21-22). Only then could they all get together to identify the guilty one. The whole camp is brought together. Imagine what a hush there must have been as the narrowing down started.

V.18 One man.

V.19, 20 Notice who he said he had sinned against.

V.21 Notice three steps he had taken “I saw,” “I coveted,” “I took,” and “I hid.” One sin leads to another!

V.22 They ran to check everything, and there it was.

V.24-26 Why take the whole family? Because he would have to dig a big hole in the ground in the middle of their tent; everyone would know what the father was doing there. The whole family was involved. What a dreadful example for his children to follow! What responsibility was his! What ruin for his whole family! Are we careful how we are bringing up our children for the Lord?

Day 363 - Joshua 8

V.1-2 In yesterday’s reading, Joshua had gone ahead without direction from the Lord, and the result was a disaster (Joshua 7:2-5). Now that Joshua and the people have been humbled over their own condition, and have judged the evil among themselves, the Lord encourages them to take Ai by His power working for them.

V.10 Joshua was careful, too, because the word “numbered” means that he “inspected” them early in the morning.

V.13, 18-19 Several companies of Israelites, with Joshua in the midst of them, all directed by the Lord and acting together. What a beautiful picture of what Christians should be today!

V.24-29 Obedience brings victory.

V.30-32 Victory turns to worship.

V.33-35 Worship leads to willingness to listen to all of God’s Word.

Day 364 - Joshua 9

V.1-2 Does the happy ending of chapter 8 lead to a comfortable, easy life? Quite the opposite, for Satan only gets more angry and even gets enemies to join together against God’s people. Satan changes his tactics. Chapter 7 was an attack of Satan from within the congregation, their desires; today his trickery from without. No wonder we have to be on guard night and day against Satan.

V.3-15 Gibeon was only a few miles from Ai and less than a day’s journey (33 miles) from Gilgal. These people were sneaky and trying to protect themselves. They had no care for the Lord, only using His Name in verse 9 to make things sound good. Joshua and the other leaders of Israel were uneasy (vvs. 7-8), but wrongly influenced by the made-up story. The decision of verse 15 is a wrong one because of verse 14. This is the cause of so many mistakes we believers make. Self-confidence and no praying.

V.16 A little waiting in the presence of the Lord would have shown them this.

V.17-21 The leaders certainly had made a mistake, but the rest of the people now add to the problem by finding fault with their leaders instead of realizing that they (the congregation) would have done just as badly if they had been the leaders.

V.27 Notice the last 18 words. Now read Deuteronomy 12:5-13. Neither Moses nor Joshua knew where this place was or what it was going to be — Jerusalem, God’s one permanent (in the Old Testament) place where He would put His name. God always has one Center only! (Read 1 Kings 11:36). We’re still directed to God’s one Center — Christ. Remember this verse, because the first verse we’ll read tomorrow, Lord willing, has the very name of that place, which wouldn’t be taken by Israel for another 400 years!

Day 365 - Joshua 10

V.1 There is the place! Now, take another minute to read 1 Kings 14:21 and see the same words as we read in the last verse of yesterday’s chapter. Then read 2 Samuel 5:6-7 for the historical facts.

V.6 The men of Gibeon had made a profession of God, so now, when they are about to be attacked by five kings, they call Israel to help them.

V.7-15 Joshua gets comfort, strength and assurance directly from the Lord. In grace the Lord not only wins the battle for Israel but performs a mighty miracle with the sun and moon!

V.16-42 Those who oppose God, after hearing of Him and His power, must suffer the consequences sooner or later. These people, with their kings, did not have to be destroyed. Rahab and the Gibeonites are examples of those who listened to God’s warning and were spared. It is the same today.

V.43 Do you remember why this was a good place to which to return? If not, go back to the fourth and fifth chapters, with the outlines.